FIRST UNION STUDENT LOAN TRUST 1997-1
S-3/A, 1997-06-12
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: HIT ENTERTAINMENT INC, SB-2, 1997-06-12
Next: GLICKENHAUS VALUE PORTFOLIOS 1997 EQUITY COLLECTION SER II, 487, 1997-06-12



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 1997
                                                  Registration No. 333-26405


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
                      First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1
                   (Name of trust issuing Asset Backed Notes)
                 of which First Union National Bank is Depositor
      (Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)




        United States                                22-1147033
(Jurisdiction of Organization)        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     --------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>
  FIRST UNION STUDENT LOAN TRUST 1997-1                               The First National Bank of Chicago, as
  c/o The First National Bank of Chicago                 Eligible Lender Trustee of First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1
   One First National Plaza, Suite 0126                                One First National Plaza, Suite 0126
         Chicago, Illinois 60670                                             Chicago, Illinois 60670
              (312) 407-4110                                                      (312) 407-4110
 (Address of principal executive offices)                           ATTENTION: CORPORATE TRUST ADMINISTRATION
                                                                     (Name and address of agent for service)

</TABLE>

                                                                               
The Commission is requested to send copies of all communications to:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>                                           <C>    
    KARSTEN P. GIESECKE, ESQ.                  MARION A. COWELL, JR., ESQ.                   R. MICHAEL DURRER, ESQ.
  Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft                  First Union Corporation                     Kilpatrick Stockton LLP
    201 South College Street                     301 South College Street                    301 South College Street
 Charlotte, North Carolina 28244           Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013        Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-6001
         (704) 348-5100                               (704) 374-6161                              (704) 338-5083
</TABLE>
     Approximate  date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to
the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
Statement.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. |_|

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. |_|

     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. |_|

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following  box. |_|  

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Title of Each Class of Securities             Amount to         Proposed  Maximum      Proposed Maximum      Amount of
to be Registered                           be Registered      Offering Price Per Unit  Aggregate Offering  Registration Fee      
<S>                                        <C>                       <C>                  <C>                                    
First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1      $1,000,000                100%                 $1,000,000              $303.03
Asset Backed Securities
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2) Paid by the Registrant on May 2, 1997.
    
There is also being registered  hereunder an  indeterminate  amount of Notes and
Certificates  that  may be  sold  by the  Registrant  or  any  affiliate  of the
Registrant,  including  First Union Capital  Markets  Corp.,  in  furtherance of
market-making  activities  in the  Notes  and  Certificates,  and in  connection
therewith,  it is  necessary  under the  Federal  securities  laws to  deliver a
market-making prospectus.


The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which  specifically  states that the Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of 1933,  or until  this  Registration  Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.




<PAGE>


   
Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 12, 1997
    


                                  $-----------

                      FIRST UNION STUDENT LOAN TRUST 1997-1

             $__________ Floating Rate Class A-1 Asset Backed Notes
             $__________ Floating Rate Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes
               $__________ Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates
       


                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
   
                                 (Pennsylvania)
                                     Seller
    
                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
   
                                (North Carolina)
                                 Master Servicer
    
       


   
     The First  Union  Student  Loan  Trust  1997-1  (the  "Trust")  will  issue
$___________  aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Class A-1 Asset Backed
Notes (the  "Class  A-1  Notes"),  $___________  aggregate  principal  amount of
Floating Rate Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes") and, together
with the Class A-1 Notes, the "Notes" and $__________ aggregate principal amount
of Floating Rate Asset Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and, together
with the Notes, the "Securities").
    
                          (Continued on following page)
       

     THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, AND THE NOTES REPRESENT
OBLIGATIONS OF, THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS
OF THE  SELLER,  THE MASTER  SERVICER  OR ANY  AFFILIATE  THEREOF.  NEITHER  THE
CERTIFICATES NOR THE NOTES ARE GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING ON PAGE 16.
       

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
                                           
                                                            
                                           Underwriting     
                           Price to the    Discounts and      Proceeds to      
                           Public (1)       Commissions      the Seller (1)(2)
                                                        
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
Per Class A-1 Note.........
Per Class A-2 Note.........
Per Certificate ___________
    
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
Total......................
    

       
   
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from June ___, 1997.
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_____________.
    


   
     The Notes and the Certificates are offered severally by First Union Capital
Markets Corp., Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Smith
Barney  Inc.  (the  "Underwriters")  when,  as and if  issued  by the  Trust and
delivered  to and  accepted by the  Underwriters,  and subject to their right to
reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the Notes and
the  Certificates  in  book-entry  form will be made on or about June ___,  1997
through the  facilities  of The  Depository  Trust Company on the Same Day Funds
Settlement  System and, in the case of the Notes, also through the facilities of
Cedel Bank, societe anonyme and the Euroclear System.
    

     First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.  expects to enter into  market-making
transactions in the Notes and the Certificates and may act as principal or agent
in any such  transactions.  Any such  purchases  or sales will be made at prices
related to prevailing  market prices at the time of sale. This Prospectus may be
used by First Union Capital Markets Corp. in connection with such  market-making
transactions.

   
FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.                      LEHMAN BROTHERS

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED                     SMITH BARNEY INC.
    

       

                 The date of this Prospectus is _____ __, 1997.



<PAGE>



   
     The assets of the Trust will include a pool of student loans (the "Financed
Student  Loans")  purchased by The First  National Bank of Chicago,  as eligible
lender  trustee on behalf of the Trust (the  "Eligible  Lender  Trustee"),  from
First Union National Bank, a national banking association having its main office
in  Avondale,   Pennsylvania  ("First  Union--Pennsylvania"  or  the  "Seller"),
collections  and other  payments with respect to the Financed  Student Loans and
monies on deposit in certain trust  accounts to be  established  (including  the
Collection  Account and the Reserve  Account  described  herein).  The aggregate
principal balance of the Financed Student Loans,  including  previously  accrued
interest which has been or is expected to be capitalized  (as more  specifically
defined herein, the "Pool Balance"), was approximately  $____________ as of June
1, 1997 (the  "Cutoff  Date").  The Notes  will be  secured by the assets of the
Trust.  The  interests of the holders of the  Certificates  in the assets of the
Trust will be  subordinated to the interests of the holders of the Notes therein
to the extent described herein,  and the Class A-2 Notes will be subordinated to
the Class A-1 Notes to the extent described herein.
    

     Interest on and principal of the Securities will be payable quarterly on or
about the  [__________]  day of each of March,  June,  September  and  December,
commencing September __, 1997 (each, a "Distribution Date");  provided,  that no
distributions  in  respect of  principal  of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable
until the Class A-1 Notes are paid in full, and no  distributions  in respect of
principal of the Certificates will be payable until the Class A-2 Notes are paid
in full. Interest will accrue,  subject to certain limitations described herein,
for each  quarterly  interest  period on each class of Securities at a per annum
rate  equal  to the  T-Bill  Rate  (determined  as  described  herein)  plus the
applicable  Margin.  The Margin will be __% for the Class A-1 Notes, __% for the
Class A-2 Notes and _____% for the Certificates.

   
     The final  maturity  date for the Class A-1 Notes will be the ________ 200_
Distribution  Date,  the final maturity date for the Class A-2 Notes will be the
________ 20__  Distribution  Date and the  scheduled  final payment date for the
Certificates will be the __________ 20__ Distribution Date. However,  payment in
full of the Notes and the Certificates could occur earlier, and final payment of
the  Certificates  could occur later,  than such dates as described  herein.  In
addition, the Notes and the Certificates will be repaid (i) upon the sale of any
Financed  Student  Loans  remaining in the Trust after the Pool Balance has been
reduced to 10% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  pursuant  to the auction
procedures  described  herein  and (ii) on any  Distribution  Date on which  the
Seller exercises its option to purchase the Financed Student Loans,  exercisable
after  the Pool  Balance  has been  reduced  to 5% or less of the  Initial  Pool
Balance.

     First Union National Bank, a separate national banking  association  having
its main office in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina  and an  affiliate of the Seller
("First Union--North Carolina"), will serve as Master Servicer and Administrator
of the Financed  Student  Loans.  The Financed  Student Loans will include loans
guaranteed by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency ("PHEAA"), the
New Jersey Higher Education  Assistance  Authority  ("NJHEAA"),  the Connecticut
Student Loan  Foundation  ("CSLF"),  the N.Y.  State Higher  Education  Services
Corporation  ("NYSHESC")  and the United Student Aid Funds,  Inc.  (("USAF") and
reinsured by the United States Department of Education (the "Department").
    

     Neither  the Notes  nor the  Certificates  will be  listed on any  national
securities  exchange.  The Underwriters intend to make a secondary market in the
Notes and the Certificates but neither has any obligation to do so. There can be
no  assurance  that a secondary  market for the Notes or the  Certificates  will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.

     The Seller has not  authorized  any offer of Notes or  Certificates  to the
public  in the  United  Kingdom  within  the  meaning  of the  Public  Offers of
Securities Regulations 1995 (the "Regulations").  The Notes and Certificates may
not  lawfully  be offered or sold to  persons  in the United  Kingdom  except in
circumstances  which  do not  result  in an offer to the  public  in the  United
Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations  or otherwise in compliance  with
all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
   
                                ----------------
    

     CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
IN THE UNITED STATES THAT STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF
THE  NOTES  AND THE  CERTIFICATES,  INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  AND
SHORT-COVERING  TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY
BID, DURING AND AFTER THE OFFERING.  FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES,  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Seller,  as originator of the Trust,  has filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") a Registration  Statement (together with
all amendments and exhibits  thereto,  the  "Registration  Statement") under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  with respect to the
Securities offered hereby. This Prospectus, which forms part of the Registration
Statement,  does not contain all the information  contained therein. For further
information,  reference  is  made to the  Registration  Statement  which  may be
inspected  and  copied at the  public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the
Commission  at 450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549;  and at the
Commission's  regional  offices at Seven World Trade Center,  New York, New York
10048;  and 500 West Madison Street,  14th Floor,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661, and
copies of all or any part  thereof  may be  obtained  from the Public  Reference
Branch of the  Commission  upon the payment of certain  fees  prescribed  by the
Commission.   In  addition,   the   Registration   Statement   may  be  accessed
electronically  at the  Commission's  site on the  World  Wide  Web  located  at
http://www.sec.gov.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

   
     Unless and until  Definitive  Notes or Definitive  Certificates are issued,
quarterly and annual unaudited  reports  containing  information  concerning the
Financed Student Loans will be prepared by the  Administrator and sent on behalf
of the Trust only to Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as nominee of The  Depository  Trust
Company  ("DTC") and registered  holder of the Notes and the  Certificates,  but
will not be sent to any beneficial  holder of the Securities.  Such reports will
not  constitute  financial  statements  prepared in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles. See "Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry
Registration" and "-- Reports to Securityholders".  The Trust will file with the
Commission such periodic  reports as are required under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder.
    

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All reports and other  documents filed by the  Administrator,  on behalf of
the Trust,  pursuant to Sections  13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
subsequent to the date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the  termination of the
offering of the Notes and  Certificates  shall be deemed to be  incorporated  by
reference into this  Prospectus and to be part hereof.  Any statement  contained
herein or in a document  incorporated  or deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein  shall be  deemed to be  modified  or  superseded  for  purposes  of this
Prospectus  to  the  extent  that  a  statement   contained  herein  or  in  any
subsequently  filed  document which also is or is deemed to be  incorporated  by
reference  herein modifies or supersedes  such statement.  Any such statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     The Administrator will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy
of this  Prospectus  is  delivered,  on the written or oral  request of any such
person, a copy of any or all of the documents  incorporated herein by reference,
except the exhibits to such  documents  (unless such  exhibits are  specifically
incorporated by reference in such  documents).  Written requests for such copies
should be directed to First  Union  National  Bank,  301 South  College  Street,
Charlotte,  North Carolina 28288-____,  Attention:  Trust  Administrator,  First
Union  Student Loan Trust 1997-1.  Telephone  requests for such copies should be
directed to the Administrator at (704) _____-__________.

<PAGE>

   
     The  following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms  used in  this  Prospectus  are  defined  elsewhere  herein  on the  pages
indicated in the "Index of Defined Terms" beginning on page .

Issuer........................First  Union   Student   Loan  Trust  1997-1  (the
                              "Trust"). The Trust was established under the laws
                              of the State of  Delaware  as a Delaware  business
                              trust under the Trust Agreement. The activities of
                              the Trust and the Eligible  Lender Trustee will be
                              limited  by the  terms of the Trust  Agreement  to
                              acquiring,   owning  and   managing  the  Financed
                              Student Loans and the other assets of the Trust as
                              described  herein,   issuing  the  Securities  and
                              making  payments  thereon,  and  other  activities
                              related thereto.
    

Securities Offered ...........Floating  Rate Class A-1 Asset  Backed  Notes (the
                              "Class  A-1   Notes")  in  an  initial   aggregate
                              principal  amount of  $___________,  Floating Rate
                              Class A-2  Asset  Backed  Notes  (the  "Class  A-2
                              Notes" and, together with the Class A-1 Notes, the
                              "Notes") in an initial aggregate  principal amount
                              of  $___________  and  Floating  Rate Asset Backed
                              Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and,  together
                              with the Notes,  the  "Securities")  in an initial
                              aggregate  principal amount of  $___________.  The
                              Securities  will  be  available  for  purchase  in
                              denominations  of $1,000  and  integral  multiples
                              thereof in book-entry form only. Persons acquiring
                              beneficial  ownership  interests in the Notes will
                              hold  their  interests  in the Notes  through  The
                              Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC")  in the United
                              States or Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") or
                              the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") in Europe, and
                              persons acquiring  beneficial  ownership interests
                              in the  Certificates  will hold their interests in
                              the Certificates  through DTC. See "Description of
                              the   Securities--    Book-Entry    Registration".
                              Securityholders  will not be entitled to receive a
                              Definitive  Security,  except  in the  event  that
                              Definitive  Securities  are issued in the  limited
                              circumstances  described herein.  See "Description
                              of the Securities-- Definitive Securities".

   
Seller .......................First  Union  National  Bank,  a national  banking
                              association  having its main  office in  Avondale,
                              Pennsylvania ("First  Union--Pennsylvania"  or the
                              "Seller"), has originated or acquired the Financed
                              Student Loans and will sell them to the Trust. The
                              Seller is an  indirect  subsidiary  of First Union
                              Corporation   and  an   affiliate  of  the  Master
                              Servicer,   the   Administrator  and  First  Union
                              Capital Markets Corp.

Master Servicer ..............First Union  National  Bank,  a separate  national
                              banking  association  having  its main  office  in
                              Charlotte,  North  Carolina  ("First  Union--North
                              Carolina"),  as Master  Servicer  on behalf of the
                              Trust (the  "Master  Servicer"),  will service the
                              Financed   Student  Loans  pursuant  to  a  Master
                              Servicing Agreement to be dated as of June 1, 1997
                              (as  amended and  supplemented  from time to time,
                              the "Master Servicing Agreement") among the Trust,
                              the Master  Servicer,  the  Administrator  and the
                              Eligible   Lender  Trustee.   First   Union--North
                              Carolina   is  a   subsidiary   of   First   Union
                              Corporation  and an  affiliate  of the  Seller and
                              First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.  The  Master
                              Servicer  intends to service the Financed  Student
                              Loans   through  one  or  more   subservicers   as
                              described  herein  under "The  Seller,  the Master
                              Servicer  and  the  Administrator  --  The  Master
                              Servicer and the Administrator".

Administrator.................First Union--North Carolina, as administrator (the
                              "Administrator")  on behalf of the Trust  pursuant
                              to an Administration  Agreement to be entered into
                              (as  amended and  supplemented  from time to time,
                              the   "Administration   Agreement"),   among   the
                              Administrator,   the  Trust   and  the   Indenture
                              Trustee.

Eligible Lender  Trustee .....The First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  a national
                              banking  association,  as eligible  lender trustee
                              (the "Eligible  Lender  Trustee")  under the Trust
                              Agreement dated as of June 1, 1997 (as amended and
                              supplemented   from  time  to  time,   the  "Trust
                              Agreement")  between  the Seller and the  Eligible
                              Lender  Trustee  pursuant  to which  the  Eligible
                              Lender  Trustee  acts as holder of legal  title to
                              the Financed Student Loans on behalf of the Trust.
                              See  "Formation  of the Trust --  Eligible  Lender
                              Trustee".

Indenture Trustee ............Bankers   Trust   Company,   a  New  York  banking
                              corporation,  as indenture trustee (the "Indenture
                              Trustee")  under the  Indenture  to be dated as of
                              June 1, 1997 (as  amended  and  supplemented  from
                              time to time, the  "Indenture")  between the Trust
                              and the Indenture Trustee.

Transaction Overview;
Trust Assets..................The Trust  will  issue the Notes  pursuant  to the
                              Indenture.  The Trust will issue the  Certificates
                              representing undivided beneficial interests in the
                              Trust  pursuant  to  the  Trust   Agreement.   The
                              interests of the  Certificateholders in the assets
                              of the Trust will be subordinated to the interests
                              of the Noteholders therein to the extent described
                              under   "Description  of  the  Securities  --  The
                              Certificates-- Subordination of the
    
                               Certificates."
       
   
                              The Notes  will be secured by all of the assets of
                              the  Trust,  which  will  include  (i) a  pool  of
                              student loans (the "Financed  Student Loans") made
                              under the Federal  Family  Education  Loan Program
                              ("FFELP"),  all of which are  guaranteed as to the
                              payment  of  principal  and  interest  by  certain
                              guarantee  agencies  and  reinsured  by the United
                              States  Department of Education,  purchased by the
                              Eligible  Lender  Trustee  on  behalf of the Trust
                              from  the  Seller  on or  prior  to  the  date  of
                              issuance of the Securities  (the "Closing Date") ,
                              (ii)  collections  and other payments with respect
                              to the Financed  Student Loans and (iii) monies on
                              deposit   in   certain   trust   accounts   to  be
                              established  (including the Collection Account and
                              the Reserve Account). See "-- Assets of the Trust"
                              below.


Credit Enhancement ...........The principal  source of payments on the Notes and
                              distributions on the Certificates will be payments
                              received from or on behalf of borrowers,  payments
                              from Guarantors and the  Department,  and proceeds
                              of the  repurchase  by the Seller,  or purchase by
                              the Master  Servicer,  of Financed Student Loans .
                              Additional   credit   enhancement   is  available,
                              however,  in  the  form  of  the  Reserve  Account
                              described  herein and excess  interest  payable on
                              the Financed  Student Loans to cover (a) losses or
                              delays  in  payment  due  to  delay  in  receiving
                              payments   from   borrowers,   Guarantors  or  the
                              Department,  (b) losses on Financed  Student Loans
                              (including  those disbursed on or after October 1,
                              1993, as to which guarantees of Guarantors and the
                              Department's  insurance  cover  only  98%  of  the
                              principal  balance of the Financed  Student Loans)
                              and (c) certain other shortfalls described herein,
                              in each case, to the extent such losses, delays or
                              other shortfalls  result in shortfalls in payments
                              of interest on the Notes and the  Certificates  on
                              any Distribution  Date (or shortfalls of principal
                              at final maturity, as defined herein).
    

Payments and Distributions:

A. Distribution  Dates .......Interest  on  and   principal  of  each  class  of
                              Securities  will be payable  quarterly on or about
                              the [ ] day of each of March, June,  September and
                              December,  commencing September ___, 1997 (each, a
                              "Distribution Date");  provided,  however, that no
                              distributions in respect of principal of the Class
                              A-2 Notes  will be made  until the Class A-1 Notes
                              have been paid in full,  and no  distributions  in
                              respect of principal of the  Certificates  will be
                              made  until the Class A-2 Notes  have been paid in
                              full.

B. Record Date ...............Payments  in  respect  of the  Securities  will be
                              payable  to  holders  of record of the Notes  (the
                              "Noteholders")  and to  holders  of  record of the
                              Certificates   (the    "Certificateholders"   and,
                              together     with     the     Noteholders,     the
                              "Securityholders")   as  of   the   business   day
                              preceding each Distribution Date.

C. Interest ..................Interest  accrued on the  Securities  during  each
                              Interest  Period  will be payable  on the  related
                              Distribution  Date.  Interest  will accrue on each
                              class of  Securities  at a per annum rate equal to
                              the  lesser of (i) the daily  weighted  average of
                              the  T-Bill  Rates  within  such  Interest  Period
                              (determined as described under "Description of the
                              Securities--  Determination  of the T-Bill Rates")
                              plus the  applicable  Margin and (ii) the  Student
                              Loan   Rate   (determined   as   described   under
                              "Description of the Securities-- The Notes").  The
                              "Margin" will be __% for the Class A-1 Notes,  __%
                              for  the   Class  A-2  Notes  and  ____%  for  the
                              Certificates.  Interest  will be calculated on the
                              basis of the actual number of days elapsed in each
                              Interest Period divided by 365 (or 366 in the case
                              of  a  leap  year).   Interest  not  paid  on  any
                              Distribution  Date will be carried  forward and be
                              payable, with interest accrued thereon at the rate
                              borne  by the  respective  Security,  on the  next
                              Distribution Date.

                              The   "Interest   Period"   with  respect  to  any
                              Distribution   Date  means  the  period  from  the
                              Closing Date, or from the most recent Distribution
                              Date on  which  interest  has  been  paid,  to but
                              excluding such current Distribution Date.

                              The T-Bill Rate will generally be adjusted  weekly
                              on the  calendar  day  following  each  auction of
                              direct  obligations  of the United  States  with a
                              maturity of 13 weeks ("91-day  Treasury Bills") to
                              equal the weighted average per annum discount rate
                              (expressed on a bond equivalent  basis and applied
                              on a daily  basis) of the  91-day  Treasury  Bills
                              sold  at   such   auction.   Notwithstanding   the
                              foregoing,  (i) the T-Bill Rate in effect from the
                              first day of the Interest  Period,  including  the
                              initial  Interest  Period,  through the day of the
                              first 91-day Treasury Bill auction on or after the
                              first day of each Interest Period will be based on
                              the  results of the most  recent  91-day  Treasury
                              Bill auction prior to such day and (ii) the T-Bill
                              Rate will be  subject  to a lock-in  period of six
                              business days  preceding each  Distribution  Date,
                              during  which the same  T-Bill Rate will remain in
                              effect from the first day of such period until the
                              end  of  the  Interest   Period  related  to  such
                              Distribution   Date.  See   "Description   of  the
                              Securities -- Determination of the T-Bill Rates."

                              To the extent that the  interest  rate for a class
                              of  Securities  is based on the Student  Loan Rate
                              for any such  Interest  Period,  the excess of (i)
                              the amount of interest on such class of Securities
                              calculated  on the  basis  of the  daily  weighted
                              average of the T-Bill Rates  within such  Interest
                              Period  plus the  applicable  Margin as  described
                              above  over (ii) the  amount of  interest  on such
                              class of Securities actually accrued in respect of
                              such  Interest  Period  based on the Student  Loan
                              Rate  will  be  paid  (together  with  the  unpaid
                              portion of any such excess from prior Distribution
                              Dates and  interest  accrued  thereon at the daily
                              weighted  average of the T-Bill  Rates within such
                              Interest  Period  plus the  applicable  Margin  as
                              described  above for such class of  Securities) on
                              such   Distribution   Date   or   any   subsequent
                              Distribution  Date on a subordinated  basis to the
                              extent funds are allocated and available  therefor
                              after making all required  prior  allocations  and
                              distributions  on  such  Distribution   Dates,  as
                              described  under  "Description of the Transfer and
                              Servicing   Agreements  --   Distributions."   The
                              payment of such amounts due to  Certificateholders
                              on  any  Distribution   Date  (such  amount,   the
                              "Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover") is
                              further   subordinated  to  the  payment  of  such
                              amounts due to the Noteholders on any Distribution
                              Date  (such  amount,  the  "Noteholders'  Interest
                              Index   Carryover").   To  the  extent  funds  are
                              available   therefor,   the    Certificateholders'
                              Interest Index  Carryover may be paid prior to the
                              time that the Notes are paid in full. Noteholders'
                              Interest Index  Carryover and  Certificateholders'
                              Interest  Index  Carryover  will continue to be so
                              payable  notwithstanding that the principal amount
                              of the  applicable  class of  Securities  has been
                              reduced  to zero;  provided  that no such  amounts
                              will be payable after the final  Distribution Date
                              upon  termination of the Trust. The ratings on the
                              Securities  do  not  address  the   likelihood  of
                              payment  of  any   Noteholders'   Interest   Index
                              Carryover or  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index
                              Carryover.

                              The "Student Loan Rate" for any Interest Period is
                              defined under  "Description  of the  Securities --
                              The  Notes  --  Distributions  of  Interest."  The
                              Student  Loan  Rate for any  Interest  Period is a
                              rate   calculated   generally   on  the  basis  of
                              collections   on  the   Financed   Student   Loans
                              available  or  expected  to be  available  to  pay
                              interest  on  the  Securities   after  payment  of
                              certain  expenses  of the Trust for such  Interest
                              Period.

D. Principal..................Principal  will be  payable  on each  Distribution
                              Date  in  an   amount   equal  to  the   Principal
                              Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution  Date.
                              The  Principal  Distribution  Amount will be equal
                              (i) with respect to the initial Distribution Date,
                              to the amount by which the sum of the  outstanding
                              principal   balance   of   the   Notes   and   the
                              Certificates exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance for
                              such  Distribution  Date and (ii) with  respect to
                              each subsequent  Distribution  Date, to the amount
                              by  which  the  Adjusted   Pool  Balance  for  the
                              preceding  Distribution  Date exceeds the Adjusted
                              Pool Balance for such Distribution  Date. For this
                              purpose,  "Adjusted Pool Balance"  means,  for any
                              Distribution  Date,  (a) if the Pool Balance as of
                              the last day of the related  Collection  Period is
                              greater than 40% of the Initial Pool Balance,  the
                              sum of such Pool Balance and the Specified Reserve
                              Account Balance for such Distribution Date, or (b)
                              if the  Pool  Balance  as of the  last  day of the
                              related Collection Period is less than or equal to
                              40%  of  the  Initial  Pool  Balance,   such  Pool
                              Balance.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and
                              Servicing    Agreements   --    Distributions   --
                              Distributions from Collection Account."

                              The Principal  Distribution Amount will be applied
                              on each Distribution Date, first, to the principal
                              balance   of  the  Class  A-1  Notes   until  such
                              principal  balance is reduced to zero, then to the
                              principal  balance  of the Class  A-2 Notes  until
                              such principal balance is reduced to zero and then
                              to the principal balance of the Certificates until
                              such  principal  balance is  reduced to zero.  See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Distributions -- Distributions  from
                              Collection Account."

                              "Collection  Period"  means  each  period of three
                              calendar  months from and  including the date next
                              following  the  end  of the  preceding  Collection
                              Period (or,  with respect to the first  Collection
                              Period,  the period  beginning  on the Cutoff Date
                              and ending on August 31, 1997).

                              "Pool  Balance" is defined under  "Description  of
                              the   Transfer   and   Servicing   Agreements   --
                              Distributions".  The  Pool  Balance  at  any  time
                              generally   represents  the  aggregate   principal
                              balance of the Financed  Student  Loans at the end
                              of  the  preceding  Collection  Period  (including
                              accrued   interest  thereon  for  such  Collection
                              Period  to  the  extent  such   interest  will  be
                              capitalized upon commencement of repayment), after
                              giving  effect  to all  payments  received  by the
                              Trust during such Collection  Period  allocable to
                              principal  and all  losses  realized  on  Financed
                              Student Loans  liquidated  during such  Collection
                              Period.

E. Payment   Priorities ......Pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                              Administrator  will instruct the Indenture Trustee
                              to  withdraw  funds on deposit  in the  Collection
                              Account  and to apply  such  funds on or about the
                              _____ day of each  month (the  "Monthly  Servicing
                              Payment Date") to the payment of the Servicing Fee
                              (as  defined  under  "--  Transfer  and  Servicing
                              Agreements" below) to the Master Servicer,  and on
                              each  Distribution  Date to the  following (in the
                              priority indicated):

                              (i) the  Servicing  Fee and all overdue  Servicing
                              Fees to the Master Servicer;

                              (ii)   the    quarterly   fee   payable   to   the
                              Administrator and all overdue  administration fees
                              to the Administrator;

   
                              (iii)
    

       
   
                              interest  due to the  Noteholders  and all overdue
                              interest  (other  than the  Noteholders'  Interest
                              Index   Carryover)   as   described   above  under
                              "--Payments and Distributions-- Interest";

                              (iv)  interest due to the  Certificateholders  and
                              all    overdue    interest    (other    than   the
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index  Carryover) as
                              described    above   under   "--    Payments   and
                              Distributions -- Interest ";

                              (v)  principal   payable  to  the  Noteholders  as
                              described    above   under   "--    Payments   and
                              Distributions -- Principal";

                              (vi ) on each Distribution Date on and after which
                              the   Notes   are   paid   in   full,    principal
                              distributable   to   the   Certificateholders   as
                              described    above    under     "--Payments    and
                              Distributions-- Principal";

                              (vii)  the  amount,   if  any,   necessary  to  be
                              deposited in the Reserve  Account to reinstate the
                              balance  thereof to the Specified  Reserve Account
                              Balance;
    

       
   
                              (viii) the aggregate unpaid amount of Noteholders'
                              Interest   Index   Carryover,   if  any,   to  the
                              Noteholders;

                              (ix)    the    aggregate    unpaid    amount    of
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover,  if
                              any, to the Certificateholders; and

                              (x) any  remaining  amounts after  application  of
                              clauses  (i)  through  (ix)  above to the  Reserve
                              Account.
    

                              Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence
                              of the Event of Default under the  Indenture,  all
                              amounts  payable with respect to the  Certificates
                              will be subordinated to the payment of all amounts
                              payable   with   respect   to   the   Notes.   See
                              "Description of Transfer and Servicing  Agreements
                              -- Distributions -- Distributions  from Collection
                              Account."

   
F. Maturity Dates ............The outstanding  principal amount of the Class A-1
                              Notes,  Class A-2 Notes  and the  Certificates  is
                              payable  in full on the Class  A-1 Final  Maturity
                              Date,  the Class A-2 Final  Maturity  Date and the
                              Certificate Final Payment Date, respectively.  The
                              "Class A-1 Final Maturity Date" is the ______ 200_
                              Distribution  Date.  The "Class A-2 Final Maturity
                              Date" is the ______ 200_  Distribution  Date,  and
                              the "Certificate Final Payment Date" is the ______
                              200_ Distribution  Date.  Although the maturity of
                              certain of the Financed  Student  Loans may extend
                              beyond such maturity dates, the actual maturity of
                              one  or  both   classes   of  Notes   and/or   the
                              Certificates could occur sooner than such dates as
                              a result of a variety of factors,  including  as a
                              result of (i) prepayments on the Financed  Student
                              Loans,  (ii) accelerated  payments of principal in
                              respect of the Securities  from amounts on deposit
                              in  the  Reserve   Account  as   described   under
                              "--Assets of the Trust--  Reserve  Account," (iii)
                              the sale of the Financed Student Loans pursuant to
                              an auction of the Financed Student Loans after the
                              Pool  Balance  has been  reduced to 10% or less of
                              the Initial Pool Balance as described  below under
                              "--Auction of Trust  Assets," or (iv) the exercise
                              by the  Seller  of its  option to  repurchase  the
                              Financed  Student Loans after the Pool Balance has
                              been  reduced  to 5% or less of the  Initial  Pool
                              Balance (as defined under "--Assets of the Trust--
                              Collection   Account--   Distributions   from  the
                              Collection  Account").  See "The Financed  Student
                              Loan Pool-- Maturity and Prepayment  Assumptions".
                              Because  the actual rate and timing of payments of
                              principal  will  depend  on a number  of  factors,
                              including  the rate and timing of the  payments on
                              the  Financed  Student  Loans,  there  can  be  no
                              assurance  of the  actual  rate or  timing of such
                              payments of principal.

Auction of Trust Assets.......Any Financed  Student Loans remaining in the Trust
                              as of the end of the Collection Period immediately
                              following the Distribution  Date on which the Pool
                              Balance  is  less  than  or  equal  to  10% of the
                              Initial  Pool  Balance will be offered for sale by
                              the  Indenture   Trustee  as  of  the   succeeding
                              Distribution   Date  (the  "Auction   Distribution
                              Date"). First North Carolina, its affiliates,  and
                              unrelated third parties may offer bids to purchase
                              such Financed  Student Loans as of such succeeding
                              Distribution  Date.  If  at  least  two  bids  are
                              received,  the Indenture  Trustee will solicit and
                              resolicit new bids from all participating  bidders
                              until  only  one  bid  remains  or  the  remaining
                              bidders  decline to resubmit  bids.  The Indenture
                              Trustee will accept the highest of such  remaining
                              bids if it is equal to or in excess of the  higher
                              of the Minimum Purchase Amount and the fair market
                              value of such Financed Student Loans as of the end
                              of the Collection Period immediately preceding the
                              Auction  Distribution  Date.  If at least two bids
                              are not  received  or the  highest  bid  after the
                              resolicitation  process is  completed is not equal
                              to or in  excess  of the  higher  of  the  Minimum
                              Purchase  Amount and the fair market  value of the
                              Financed Student Loans, the Indenture Trustee will
                              not consummate  such sale.  The Indenture  Trustee
                              may consult  and, at the  direction of the Seller,
                              will  be  required  to  consult  with a  financial
                              advisor,   which   may   include   either  of  the
                              Underwriters or the Administrator, to determine if
                              the  fair  market  value of the  Financed  Student
                              Loans has been  offered.  The net  proceeds of any
                              such sale will be used to redeem  any  outstanding
                              Notes and to retire any  outstanding  Certificates
                              on such Auction  Distribution  Date. Any such sale
                              will be made without representations or warranties
                              by  the  Trust,   and  none  of  the  Trust,   the
                              Noteholders or the Certificateholders  will retain
                              any  continuing   contractual  obligation  to  the
                              purchaser of the Financed Student Loans.
    

                              If the sale is not  consummated in accordance with
                              the  procedures  described  above,  the  Indenture
                              Trustee may, but shall not be under any obligation
                              to, solicit bids for sale of the Financed  Student
                              Loans on  future  Distribution  Dates  upon  terms
                              similar to those described above. In the event the
                              Financed  Student Loans are not sold in accordance
                              with   the   foregoing,    on   each    subsequent
                              Distribution Date, if the amount on deposit in the
                              Reserve Account on such  Distribution  Date (after
                              giving effect to all withdrawals therefrom on such
                              Distribution Date, except  withdrawals  payable to
                              the Seller other than as a  Certificateholder)  is
                              in excess of the Specified Reserve Account Balance
                              for such Distribution Date, the Administrator will
                              direct the  Indenture  Trustee to  distribute  the
                              amount of such excess as  accelerated  payments of
                              principal  on the Notes and the  Certificates.  No
                              assurance can be given as to whether the Indenture
                              Trustee   will   be   successful   in   soliciting
                              acceptable  bids to purchase the Financed  Student
                              Loans on either the Auction  Distribution  Date or
                              any subsequent Distribution Date.

                              "Minimum  Purchase  Amount"  means an amount  that
                              would be sufficient to (i) reduce the  outstanding
                              principal  amount  of each  class  of  Notes  then
                              outstanding  on such  Distribution  Date to  zero,
                              (ii) pay to Noteholders the Noteholders'  Interest
                              Distribution  Amount payable on such  Distribution
                              Date,  (iii)  reduce  the  Certificate  Balance to
                              zero,  (iv)  pay  to  the  Certificateholders  the
                              Certificateholders'  Interest  Distribution Amount
                              payable on such  Distribution Date and (v) pay the
                              aggregate  fees and expenses of such auction.  See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Termination" herein.

   
Optional Purchase.............The Seller may repurchase  all remaining  Financed
                              Student  Loans at a price  equal to the  aggregate
                              Purchase  Amounts for such Financed Student Loans,
                              and  thus  effect  the  early  retirement  of  the
                              Securities,  on any Distribution  Date on or after
                              which the Pool  Balance  is equal to 5% or less of
                              the Initial Pool Balance. See "Description
    
                              of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --
                              Termination".

Assets of the Trust ..........The   assets  of  the  Trust  will   include   the
                              following:

A. Financed Student
   Loans......................The  Financed   Student   Loans  will  consist  of
                              education  loans to  students  and/or  parents  of
                              students  ("Student Loans") made under the Federal
                              Family  Education Loan Program  ("FFELP") and will
                              include  rights  to  receive  payments  made  with
                              respect  to such  Financed  Student  Loans and the
                              proceeds thereof. On or prior to the Closing Date,
                              the Seller will sell the  Financed  Student  Loans
                              having an aggregate  principal balance,  including
                              previously  accrued  interest which has been or is
                              expected   to  be   capitalized   (calculated   as
                              described       herein)      of      approximately
                              $_______________  as of  the  Cutoff  Date  to the
                              Eligible  Lender  Trustee  on  behalf of the Trust
                              pursuant to a Sale  Agreement  to be dated as June
                              1, 1997 (as amended and supplemented  from time to
                              time, the "Sale Agreement"), among the Seller, the
                              Trust  and the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee.  On the
                              Closing Date, the aggregate  initial  principal of
                              the  Notes and the  Certificates  is _____% of the
                              aggregate   principal   balance  of  the  Financed
                              Student  Loans as of the Cutoff Date.  Payments on
                              Financed  Student  Loans  in  excess  of  interest
                              accrued  on the  Notes  and the  Certificates  and
                              other distributions required under "Description of
                              Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions
                              -- Distributions from Collection  Account" will be
                              applied  to  principal  of  the  Notes  until  the
                              aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Notes  and
                              Certificates has been reduced to the Adjusted Pool
                              Balance for such Distribution Date.

   
                              The  Financed  Student  Loans were  originated  or
                              acquired  by the  Seller  or an  affiliate  of the
                              Seller and  include  only  Student  Loans that are
                              guaranteed  as to the  payment  of  principal  and
                              interest by PHEAA,  NJHEAA, CSLF, NYSHESC and USAF
                              (the  "Guarantors"),  and  are  reinsured  by  the
                              United  States   Department   of  Education   (the
                              "Department").  The  Financed  Student  Loans have
                              been  selected from the Student Loans owned by the
                              Seller based on the criteria specified in the Sale
                              Agreement and described herein. Student Loans made
                              prior to  October 1, 1993 are 100%  guaranteed  by
                              the applicable Guarantor. Student Loans made on or
                              after  October 1, 1993 are 98%  guaranteed  by the
                              applicable   Guarantor.   All  Student  Loans  are
                              reinsured  against default by the Department up to
                              a maximum  of the full  amount of the  Guarantor's
                              guarantee.  All references herein to the guarantee
                              and  reinsurance  coverage  with  respect  to  the
                              Financed  Student  Loans should be  understood  to
                              mean  either (i) such 100%  guarantee  and maximum
                              reinsurance  coverage  with  respect  to  Financed
                              Student  Loans  made  prior to  October 1, 1993 or
                              (ii) such 98%  guarantee  and maximum  reinsurance
                              coverage  with respect to Financed  Student  Loans
                              made on or after October 1, 1993. As of the Cutoff
                              Date,  approximately ____% of the Financed Student
                              Loans by  principal  balance were made on or after
                              October 1, 1993.

                              As  of  the  Cutoff  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              interest  rate per annum of the  Financed  Student
                              Loans  was  approximately   ____%  (based  on  the
                              applicable  interest  rates as of the Cutoff Date)
                              and  the  weighted   average   remaining  term  to
                              scheduled   maturity   (exclusive  of  any  future
                              deferral  or  forbearance   periods  and  assuming
                              expected   graduation   dates  and  typical  grace
                              periods)  of  the  Financed   Student   Loans  was
                              approximately _____ months. As of the Cutoff Date,
                              approximately  ____% of the Financed Student Loans
                              by principal balance are guaranteed by PHEAA, ___%
                              are  guaranteed by NJHEAA,  ___% are guaranteed by
                              CSLF,  ___% are guaranteed by NYSHESC and ___% are
                              guaranteed by USAF.
    

       
   
B. Collection   Account.......The  Administrator  will  establish in the name of
                              the  Indenture  Trustee one or more  accounts into
                              which all  collections  in respect of the Financed
                              Student  Loans will be required  to be  deposited.
                              Pursuant  to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  an
                              account in the name of the Indenture  Trustee (the
                              "Collection  Account")  will  be  established  and
                              maintained  by the  Administrator  and  will be an
                              asset of the Trust.  The Master  Servicer  will be
                              required to remit all  collections  received  with
                              respect to the Financed  Student  Loans within two
                              business   days   of   receipt   thereof   to  the
                              Administrator   for  deposit  in  the   Collection
                              Account.  Similarly,  the Eligible  Lender Trustee
                              will  be  required  to  remit   Interest   Subsidy
                              Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments (each as
                              defined under "The Federal  Family  Education Loan
                              Program - General")  it receives  with  respect to
                              the Financed Student Loan within two business days
                              of  receipt  thereof  to  the   Administrator  for
                              deposit in the Collection Account.  For so long as
                              First  Union-North  Carolina is the  Administrator
                              and meets certain  conditions  (including that (i)
                              the  Rating   Agencies  have  not   downgraded  or
                              withdrawn   their   ratings   of  the   Notes  and
                              Certificates    and   (ii)    there    exists   no
                              Administrator Default), the Administrator will not
                              be   required   to  remit  such   amounts  to  the
                              Collection   Account   until  the   business   day
                              preceding   the   Distribution   Date   on   which
                              distribution of such amounts is required.  If such
                              conditions are not satisfied,  however, the Master
                              Servicer  and  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  will  be
                              directed  to remit such  amounts  directly  to the
                              Collection  Account  within two  business  days of
                              receipt.  The Master  Servicer will be required to
                              remit all collections received with respect to the
                              Financed Student Loans within two business days of
                              receipt thereof to the  Administrator  for deposit
                              in the  Collection  Account.  Except under certain
                              conditions  described herein,  the Eligible Lender
                              Trustee will be required to remit Interest Subsidy
                              Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments (each as
                              defined under "The Federal  Family  Education Loan
                              Program -- General")  it receives  with respect to
                              the  Financed  Student  Loans  within two business
                              days of receipt thereof to the Collection Account.
                              If,  however,  such  conditions  are  satisfied as
                              described herein, such collections received by the
                              Master  Servicer and the Eligible  Lender  Trustee
                              will be  remitted to the  Administrator,  who will
                              not be required to deposit  such  amounts into the
                              Collection  Account  generally  until on or before
                              the business day preceding each Distribution Date.
                              See  "Description  of the Transfer  and  Servicing
                              Agreements -- Payments on Financed Student Loans".
    

C. Reserve Account ...........Pursuant  to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  an
                              account in the name of the Indenture  Trustee (the
                              "Reserve   Account")  will  be   established   and
                              maintained  by the  Administrator  and  will be an
                              asset of the Trust. The Trust will make an initial
                              deposit  into the  Reserve  Account on the Closing
                              Date of cash or certain eligible investments equal
                              to  $________   (the  "Reserve   Account   Initial
                              Deposit").   On  the  Closing  Date,  the  Reserve
                              Account  Initial  Deposit will equal the Specified
                              Reserve Account Balance.  The Reserve Account will
                              be  replenished  as required on each  Distribution
                              Date by the deposit  into the  Reserve  Account of
                              certain amounts available therefor remaining after
                              making all prior  distributions  on such date. See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Distributions".

                              The  "Specified   Reserve  Account  Balance"  with
                              respect to any Distribution Date generally will be
                              equal  to the  greater  of (i)  ___%  of the  Pool
                              Balance  as of the close of  business  on the last
                              day of the  related  Collection  Period,  and (ii)
                              $_________;  provided,  however,  that in no event
                              will such balance exceed the aggregate outstanding
                              principal   balance   of   the   Notes   and   the
                              Certificates.  The  "Initial  Pool  Balance"  will
                              equal  $____________.   See  "Description  of  the
                              Transfer  and   Servicing   Agreements  --  Credit
                              Enhancement -- Reserve Account".

   
                              Amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will be
                              available on each Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date
                              to  cover  any   shortfalls  in  payments  of  the
                              Servicing  Fee, and on each  Distribution  Date to
                              cover any  shortfalls in payments of the Servicing
                              Fee,  the  Administration  Fee and the fees of the
                              Indenture  Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee
                              (such fees  collectively,  the "Trust Fees"),  and
                              interest  payable  in respect of the Notes and the
                              Certificates (other than the Noteholders' Interest
                              Index   Carryover   and  the   Certificateholders'
                              Interest Index  Carryover)  for such  Distribution
                              Date for which funds otherwise  available therefor
                              for such  Distribution  Date are  insufficient  to
                              make such payments and distributions. In addition,
                              amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will be
                              available on the Class A-1  Maturity  Date and the
                              Class A-2 Maturity Date to cover any shortfalls in
                              payments    of    the    Noteholders'    Principal
                              Distribution  Amount and interest accrued thereon,
                              and   on  the   final   Distribution   Date   upon
                              termination  of the  Trust to pay the  Certificate
                              Principal Distribution Amount and interest accrued
                              thereon  and  any   Noteholders'   Interest  Index
                              Carryover or  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index
                              Carryover, in each case to the extent funds in the
                              Collection  Account available therefor on any such
                              date are  insufficient  to make such  payments and
                              distributions.  If the market value of  securities
                              and  cash  in  the  Reserve   Account  is  on  any
                              Distribution   Date  is   sufficient  to  pay  the
                              remaining principal amount of and interest accrued
                              on the  Notes  and  Certificates,  and to pay  any
                              Noteholders'    Interest   Index   Carryover   and
                              Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover, such
                              amount  will be so  applied  on such  Distribution
                              Date.

                              Amounts in the Reserve Account on any Distribution
                              Date (after giving effect to all  distributions to
                              be made on such  Distribution  Date) in  excess of
                              the  Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for such
                              Distribution  Date will  generally  be released to
                              the  Seller   after  the  payment  of  any  unpaid
                              Noteholders'    Interest   Index   Carryover   and
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover. The
                              Seller's right to receive such amounts  represents
                              part of the consideration received in exchange for
                              the  sale of the  Financed  Student  Loans  to the
                              Trust  under the Sale  Agreement.  Notwithstanding
                              the foregoing,  in the event the Financed  Student
                              Loans are not sold pursuant to the auction process
                              described  under  "Description of the Transfer and
                              Servicing  Agreements --  Termination" on or after
                              the Auction  Distribution  Date,  if the amount on
                              deposit in the Reserve Account is greater than the
                              Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance,  such excess
                              will   generally  be  distributed  as  accelerated
                              payments  of  principal.   See   "Description   of
                              Transfer  and   Servicing   Agreements  --  Credit
                              Enhancement -- Reserve Account."
    

                              The funding and maintenance of the Reserve Account
                              is intended to enhance  the  likelihood  of timely
                              payment of the interest  payable in respect of the
                              Notes  and  the   Certificates   (other  than  the
                              Noteholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover  and  the
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover) and
                              the  ultimate  payment of  principal  thereon.  In
                              certain   circumstances,   however,   the  Reserve
                              Account  could  be  depleted  and   shortfalls  in
                              distributions    to   the   Noteholders   or   the
                              Certificateholders could result.

D. Transfer and Servicing
   Agreements.................Under the Sale Agreement, the Seller will sell the
                              Financed  Student  Loans  to the  Trust,  with the
                              Eligible   Lender  Trustee   holding  legal  title
                              thereto.  In addition,  under the Master Servicing
                              Agreement, the Master Servicer will agree with the
                              Trust to be responsible  for servicing,  managing,
                              maintaining  custody of and making  collections on
                              the Financed  Student Loans.  Subject to the terms
                              and conditions  described herein and in the Master
                              Servicing  Agreement,  the Master Servicer intends
                              to delegate  certain of its obligations  under the
                              Master   Servicing   Agreement   to  one  or  more
                              subservicers  but no such delegation shall relieve
                              the Master Servicer from its  responsibilities  to
                              service the Financed  Student Loans as if it alone
                              were  servicing the Financed  Student  Loans.  The
                              obligations of the Seller and the Master  Servicer
                              under the Sale Agreement and the Master  Servicing
                              Agreement include the following:

                              Under  the  Sale  Agreement  the  Seller  will  be
                              obligated  to  repurchase,  and under  the  Master
                              Servicing  Agreement  the Master  Servicer will be
                              obligated to purchase,  any Financed  Student Loan
                              if  the  interests  of  the   Noteholders  or  the
                              Certificateholders    therein    are    materially
                              adversely    affected   by   a   breach   of   any
                              representation,  warranty or  covenant  (including
                              the Master Servicer's  covenant to service all the
                              Financed  Student Loans in accordance with, and to
                              otherwise    comply   with,    applicable    laws,
                              restrictions and guidelines) made by the Seller or
                              the  Master  Servicer,  as the case  may be,  with
                              respect  to  the  Financed  Student  Loan,  if the
                              breach has not been cured  following the discovery
                              by or notice to the Seller or the Master Servicer,
                              as the  case  may  be,  of the  breach  (it  being
                              understood  that any  such  breach  that  does not
                              affect any  Guarantor's  obligation  to  guarantee
                              payment of such Financed  Student Loan will not be
                              considered to have a material  adverse  effect for
                              this  purpose).  In  addition,  the  Seller or the
                              Master  Servicer,  as the  case  may  be,  will be
                              obligated to reimburse the Trust with respect to a
                              Financed  Student  Loan for any  accrued  interest
                              amounts not  guaranteed  by a Guarantor due to, or
                              any lost  Interest  Subsidy  Payments  or  Special
                              Allowance Payments as a result of, a breach of the
                              Seller's  representations  and  warranties  or the
                              Master Servicer's  covenants,  as the case may be,
                              with respect to such Financed Student Loan.

   
                              The Master  Servicer  will  receive a monthly  fee
                              (the  "Servicing  Fee")  payable  on each  Monthly
                              Servicing Payment Date equal to one-twelfth of the
                              product  of (i) _____% per annum and (ii) the Pool
                              Balance  as of  the  last  day  of  the  preceding
                              calendar  month , subject to certain  adjustments,
                              together  with  other   administrative   fees  and
                              similar charges. The Servicing Fee will be payable
                              out of funds  available  therefor  and  amounts on
                              deposit in the  Reserve  Account  on each  Monthly
                              Servicing  Payment Date,  commencing  ________ __,
                              1997.
    

       
                              Pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                              Master  Servicer  will  agree with the Trust to be
                              responsible  for, among other things,  causing all
                              appropriate  claims forms and other  documents and
                              filings on behalf of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee
                              to be  prepared  or filed with the  Department  in
                              order to claim the Interest  Subsidy  Payments and
                              Special Allowance  Payments from the Department in
                              respect of the  Financed  Student  Loans  entitled
                              thereto, and preparing and providing quarterly and
                              annual  statements  to  the   Administrator   with
                              respect  to   distributions   to  Noteholders  and
                              Certificateholders.   See   "Description   of  the
                              Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Servicing
                              Procedures".

   
Tax Considerations............In the opinion of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft,
                              Federal tax counsel for the Trust,  the Notes will
                              be  characterized  as debt for federal  income tax
                              purposes.  However,  it should be noted that there
                              is no specific  statutory,  regulatory or case law
                              authority with respect to the characterization for
                              federal  income tax purposes of securities  having
                              the  same  terms  as the  Notes.  Noteholders,  by
                              acceptance  of a Note,  will  agree to treat  such
                              Note as indebtedness.
    

                              In the  opinion of  Federal  tax  counsel  for the
                              Trust,  for federal  income tax purposes the Trust
                              will not be  characterized  as an association  (or
                              publicly   traded   partnership)   taxable   as  a
                              corporation. The Certificateholders, by acceptance
                              of Certificates,  will agree to treat the Trust as
                              a partnership in which they are partners.

   
                              In the  opinion of  [Pepper,  Hamilton & Scheetz],
                              Delaware  tax  counsel  for the  Trust,  the  same
                              characterizations  would apply for Delaware  state
                              income and  franchise  tax purposes as for federal
                              income   tax   purposes   and    Noteholders   and
                              Certificateholders  that are not otherwise subject
                              to  Delaware  taxation  on income  will not become
                              subject  to  Delaware  tax as a  result  of  their
                              ownership of Notes or Certificates. However, there
                              are no cases or rulings  on  similar  transactions
                              involving  a trust that issues and debt and equity
                              interests with terms similar to those of the Notes
                              and Certificates.

                              The Trust will  report  income and  expenses on an
                              accrual  basis.  Due to the  allocation  of  Trust
                              income to  Certificateholders,  cash basis holders
                              may, in effect,  be required to report their share
                              of Trust income on an accrual basis.  In addition,
                              because tax  allocations and tax reporting will be
                              done on a uniform  basis,  but  Certificateholders
                              may be purchasing  Certificates at different times
                              and different  prices,  Certificateholders  may be
                              required  to report on their tax  returns  taxable
                              income  that is  greater  or less than the  amount
                              reported  to them by the  Trust.  Therefore,  such
                              Certificateholders  may be  required to pay income
                              taxes  on  such  income  without  a  corresponding
                              distribution  from the Trust before or at the time
                              such income tax is due.

                              See "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" and
                              "Certain  State Tax  Consequences"  for additional
                              information  concerning the application of federal
                              and state tax laws with  respect  to the Notes and
                              the Certificates.
    

ERISA Considerations..........The Notes.  A fiduciary  of any  employee  benefit
                              plan or other  retirement  arrangement  subject to
                              Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security
                              Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or Section 4975
                              of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
                              (the "Code")  (each,  a "Plan")  should  carefully
                              review  with  its  legal   advisors   whether  the
                              purchase  or holding of the Notes  could give rise
                              to  a  transaction  prohibited  or  not  otherwise
                              permissible  under  ERISA or  Section  4975 of the
                              Code. See "ERISA Considerations".

                              Subject to the  conditions  set forth herein under
                              "ERISA Considerations," the Notes may, in general,
                              be purchased by or on behalf of a Plan.

                              The  Certificates.  The  Certificates  may  not be
                              acquired  by, on behalf of, or using the assets of
                              any Plan, and each purchaser of Certificates shall
                              be deemed to have represented that it is neither a
                              Plan,  purchasing the  Certificates on behalf of a
                              Plan,  nor using the assets of a Plan to  purchase
                              any of the Certificates.

   
Rating of the  Securities.....It is a condition  to the issuance and sale of the
                              Notes  and the  Certificates  that  each  class of
                              Notes be rated in the  highest  investment  rating
                              category and that the Certificates be rated in one
                              of the three highest  investment rating categories
                              by  at  least  two  nationally  recognized  rating
                              agencies.   The   ratings  do  not   address   the
                              likelihood  of the  payment  of  any  Noteholders'
                              Interest  Index  Carryover or  Certificateholders'
                              Interest  Index  Carryover.  A  rating  is  not  a
                              recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and
                              may be subject to  revision or  withdrawal  at any
                              time by the assigning rating agency.  In addition,
                              a  rating  does  not  address  the  likelihood  or
                              frequency of prepayments  of the Financed  Student
                              Loans or the corresponding  effect on yield to the
                              Securityholders.

Risk Factors .................Certain  factors which  investors  should consider
                              prior to making an  investment  in the  Securities
                              are  set  forth   herein   under  "Risk   Factors"
                              beginning on page 16.
    





<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     The following  risk factors  should be considered  carefully in addition to
the  other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus  before  purchasing  the
Securities offered hereby.

   
Limited Liquidity of Securities
    

     The  Securities  will not be listed on any  national  securities  exchange.
There is currently  no secondary  market for the  Securities.  The  Underwriters
currently intend to make a market in the Securities, but none has any obligation
to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary  market will develop or, if
a secondary market does develop,  that it will provide the Securityholders  with
liquidity of investment or that it will continue for the life of the Securities.

   
Limited Assets of Trust
    

     The Trust does not have,  nor is it  permitted  or  expected  to have,  any
significant  assets or sources of funds other than the  Financed  Student  Loans
(and the related Guarantee  Agreements),  the Collection Account and the Reserve
Account.  The  Notes  represent   obligations  solely  of  the  Trust,  and  the
Certificates represent interests solely in the Trust and its assets, and neither
the Notes nor the Certificates will be insured or guaranteed by the Seller,  the
Master Servicer, the Guarantors,  the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Department.
Consequently,  holders of the Notes and the Certificates must rely for repayment
upon  payments  with  respect to the Financed  Student  Loans and, if and to the
extent available under the circumstances described herein, amounts on deposit in
the Reserve Account.  Amounts to be deposited in the Reserve Account are limited
in amount and will be  reduced,  subject  to a  specified  minimum,  as the Pool
Balance is reduced.  If the Reserve Account is exhausted,  the Trust will depend
solely on payments  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans to make payments
on the Notes and  distributions  on the  Certificates.  See  "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Credit Enhancement".

   
Initial  Principal  Balance of Securities  Exceeds  Aggregate  Initial Principal
Balance of Financed Student Loans
    

     On the Closing Date, the aggregate  initial  principal of the Notes and the
Certificates  is _____% of the Pool Balance as of the Cutoff  Date.  Because the
actual  rate and timing of  payments  of  principal  will  depend on a number of
factors,  including the rate and timing of the payments on the Financed  Student
Loans,  there can be no assurance of the actual rate or timing of such  payments
of  principal.  As a  result,  if an Event of  Default  should  occur  under the
Indenture or an  Insolvency  Event should occur and the Financed  Student  Loans
were liquidated at a time when the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and
the Certificates  exceeded the sum of the Pool Balance and amounts on deposit in
the  Reserve  Account,  such  Financed  Student  Loans  would  likely have to be
liquidated  at a premium  for  Certificateholders  and,  in some  circumstances,
Noteholders not to suffer a loss. Moreover,  Noteholders and  Certificateholders
will have to rely on  accelerated  payments of principal,  if any, from interest
payments  in excess of the  interest  payable  on the  Securities  to reduce the
balance of the Securities to the Pool Balance.

   
Subordination of Certificates to Notes
    

     The  interests  of  Certificateholders  in the  assets of the Trust will be
subordinated to the interests of the Noteholders to the extent described herein.
Payments of interest on the  Certificates  will be  subordinated  to payments of
interest on the Notes and  payments of  principal  of the  Certificates  will be
subordinated  until the full payment of the principal of the Notes. In addition,
upon the  occurrence  of the Event of Default under the  Indenture,  all amounts
payable with respect to the Certificates  will be subordinated to the payment of
all amounts payable with respect to the Notes. If amounts otherwise allocable to
the  Certificates  are used to fund  payments on the Notes,  distributions  with
respect to the  Certificates may be delayed or reduced.  The  Certificateholders
bear directly the credit and other risks  associated with an undivided  interest
in the  Trust.  See  "Description  of the  Securities  --  The  Certificates  --
Subordination of the  Certificates",  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Distributions".

   
Variability of Actual Cash Flows

     Amounts  received  with  respect  to  the  Financed  Student  Loans  for  a
particular Collection Period may vary greatly in both timing and amount from the
payments actually due on the Financed Student Loans as of such Collection Period
for a variety of economic,  social and other factors,  including both individual
factors, such as additional periods of Deferral or Forbearance prior to or after
a  borrower's  commencement  of  repayment  and the  borrower's  selection  of a
repayment option (which may include interest only payments for certain periods),
and general factors,  such as a general  economic  downturn which could increase
the amount of defaulted Student Loans. As of July 1, 1995,  lenders are required
to offer  borrowers a choice  among  standard,  graduated  and  income-sensitive
repayment  schedules.  If a  borrower  fails  to  elect a  particular  repayment
schedule  or fails to submit  the  documentation  necessary  for the  option the
borrower  chooses,  the standard  repayment  schedule  will be used.  Additional
periods of Deferral or  Forebearance  may occur after a borrower  has  commenced
repayment under certain  conditions when the student has returned to an eligible
educational  institution on a full time (or, in certain cases, half time) basis,
or when the  student is a member of the Armed  Forces or a  volunteer  under the
Peace  Corps Act or the  Domestic  Volunteer  Service  Act of 1973,  or when the
borrower  is  temporarily  or  totally  disabled,  or periods  during  which the
borrower may defer principal payments because of temporary  financial  hardship.
For new  borrowers  to whom loans are first  disbursed on or after July 1, 1993,
payment of  principal  may be  deferred  only while the  Borrower  is at least a
half-time student,  or when the borrower is seeking but unable to find full-time
employment,  or when for any  reason  the  lender  determines  that  payment  of
principal  will cause the borrower  economic  hardship.  See "The Federal Family
Education Loan Program -- Stafford  Loans."  Failures by borrowers to pay timely
the principal and interest on the Financed  Student Loans will affect the amount
of funds available for distribution on a Distribution Date, which may reduce the
amount  of  principal  and  interest  paid  to  the   Securityholders   on  such
Distribution Date. In addition,  because the funds available for distribution on
any Distribution  Date include  Interest Subsidy Payments and Special  Allowance
Payments on the Financed  Student Loans that are received during that Collection
Period (and which accrued  during the prior  Collection  Period) but the Student
Loan Rate is based on the  amount  of  Interest  Subsidy  Payments  and  Special
Allowance   Payments  that  have  accrued  during  such  Collection   Period,  a
significant increase in the amount of such payments being made by the Department
in respect of the Financed Student Loans from one Collection  Period to the next
(as a result,  for example,  of a significant  increase in  prevailing  interest
rates)  could  result  in a  temporary  shortfall  in the  funds  available  for
distribution  for the given  Distribution  Date.  In addition,  the failure of a
Guarantor to timely meet its guarantee  obligations with respect to the Financed
Student Loans could also reduce the amount of funds  available for  distribution
on a given Distribution  Date. The effect of such factors,  including the effect
on a Guarantor's  ability to meet its guarantee  obligations with respect to the
Financed  Student  Loans,  or the Trust's  ability to pay principal and interest
with respect to the Securities, is impossible to predict.

Basis Risk

     Although the interest rate on the Notes and the  Certificates  is generally
based on the T-Bill Rate and the Student  Loan Rate is  generally  also based on
the T-Bill Rate,  it is  nevertheless  possible  that a positive  spread may not
exist between (a) the Student Loan Rate  calculated  with respect to one or both
classes of Notes or the  Certificates and (b) the interest rate on each class of
Notes and the Certificates based on the T-Bill Rate. This may occur, among other
reasons,  because  interest  rates  generally  adjust  weekly  on the  Notes and
Certificates and adjust less frequently on the Student Loans. Accordingly,  in a
sharply rising interest rate environment,  the Student Loan Rate may not rise as
rapidly as the rise in the interest rate on the Notes and Certificates  based on
the  T-Bill  Rate  and  such  positive  spread  may be  temporarily  reduced  or
eliminated.  If the interest  rate on either class of Notes or the  Certificates
based on the T-Bill Rate exceeds the Student Loan Rate for any Interest  Period,
then  interest  will  accrue  on such  class of Notes  or the  Certificates,  as
applicable,  at the Student Loan Rate and the remainder of the amount so accrued
at the T- Bill Rate will be  carried  forward  as  Noteholder's  Interest  Index
Carryover or  Certificateholders'  Interest Index  Carryover and will be paid on
that  Distribution  Date or on any  succeeding  Distribution  Date to the extent
funds are  allocated  and  available  therefor  after making all required  prior
distributions  and deposits with respect to such date.  Payment of such amounts,
however, will not be covered, in the case of the Notes, by amounts on deposit in
the Reserve  Account  (other  than  amounts in excess of the  Specified  Reserve
Account  Balance)  or by  subordination  of  distributions  in  respect  of  the
Certificates (although distributions of any  Certificateholders'  Interest Index
Carryover will be  subordinated  to payment of any  Noteholders'  Interest Index
Carryover)  and, in the case of the  Certificates,  by amounts on deposit in the
Reserve  Account (other than amounts in excess of the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance,  subject to certain limitations).  See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements --  Distributions."  To the extent not paid in full on the
Distribution  Date  when the  related  principal  balance  is paid in full,  the
obligation  to  pay  any  such   Noteholders'   Interest  Index   Carryover  and
Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover will be extinguished.

Borrower Default Risk on Certain Financed Student Loans

     Under the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1993,  Student Loans first
disbursed  on or after  October 1, 1993,  are 98%  insured by  Guarantors.  As a
result, to the extent a borrower of such a Student Loan defaults, the Trust will
experience a loss of 2% of  outstanding  principal and accrued  interest on each
such Student  Loan.  To the extent excess  interest  received on other  Financed
Student Loans and the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund are  insufficient to
cover such loss, it may be borne initially by the  Certificates to the extent of
the outstanding Certificate Balance, and then to a lesser degree by the Notes. A
defaulted loan will be fully  assigned to the  applicable  Guarantor in exchange
for a guarantee payment on the 98% guaranteed  portion and the Trust may have no
right thereafter to pursue the borrower for the 2% unguaranteed portion. Student
Loans  continue  to be 100%  guaranteed  in the  event of death,  disability  or
bankruptcy  of the borrower  regardless of  disbursement  date. As of the Cutoff
Date,  approximately  _____% of the Financed Student Loans by principal  balance
were made on or after October 1, 1993.

Dependence on Guarantors as Security for Financed Student Loans

     The Higher  Education Act of 1965, as amended (such act,  together with all
rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder by the  Department,  the "Higher
Education  Act")  requires  all Financed  Student  Loans to be  unsecured.  As a
result,  the only  security  for payment of the Financed  Student  Loans are the
guaranties  provided under the Guarantee  Agreements between the Eligible Lender
Trustee and the  Guarantors.  A  deterioration  in the  financial  status of the
Guarantors  and their  ability to honor  guarantee  claims  with  respect to the
Financed  Student  Loans could  result in a delay in making or a failure to make
Guarantee  Payments to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee.  Failures by borrowers of
Student  Loans  generally to pay timely the  principal  and interest due on such
Student Loans could  obligate the  Guarantors to make  payments  thereon,  which
could adversely  affect the solvency of the Guarantors and their ability to meet
their  guarantee  obligations  (including  with respect to the Financed  Student
Loans). Moreover, to the extent reimbursement claims paid by the Department to a
Guarantor in respect of  defaulting  Student  Loans for any fiscal year equal or
exceed 5% of the aggregate  original  principal amount of FFELP loans guaranteed
by such  Guarantor  that are in  repayment  on the last day of the prior  fiscal
year, the Department's  obligation to reimburse the Guarantor for losses will be
reduced on a sliding  scale from 100% (98% for loans made on or after October 1,
1993) to a minimum of 80% (78% for loans made on or after  October 1, 1993),  in
the event such  Guarantor's  claims  experience  equals or exceeds  9%. See "The
Federal  Family   Education  Loan  Program  --  Insurance  and   Reinsurance  of
Guarantors".
    

     Pursuant  to the  1992  Amendments,  under  Section  432(o)  of the  Higher
Education Act, if the  Department  has determined  that a Guarantor is unable to
meet its insurance  obligations,  the loan holder may submit claims  directly to
the Department and the Department is required to pay the full Guarantee  Payment
due with respect thereto in accordance with guarantee claim processing standards
no  more  stringent  than  those  applied  by  such  Guarantor.   However,   the
Department's  obligation  to pay  guarantee  claims  directly in this fashion is
contingent upon the Department making the determination referred to above. There
can be no assurance  that the  Department  would ever make such a  determination
with respect to a Guarantor or, if such a determination  were made, whether such
determination  or the ultimate payment of such guarantee claims would be made in
a timely manner.

   
Risk of Loss of  Guarantor  and  Department  Payments for Failure to Comply with
Loan Origination and Servicing Procedures for Student Loans
    

     The  Higher   Education  Act,   including  the   implementing   regulations
thereunder,  requires lenders and their assignees  making and servicing  Student
Loans that are reinsured by the Department and guarantors  guaranteeing  Student
Loans to follow specified  procedures,  including due diligence  procedures,  to
ensure that the Student  Loans are properly made and disbursed to, and repaid on
a timely basis by or on behalf of, borrowers. Certain of those procedures, which
are specifically  set forth in the Higher Education Act, are summarized  herein.
See "The Federal Family Education Loan Program" and "Description of the Transfer
and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Servicing  Procedures".  The Master  Servicer has
agreed  pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement  to perform  servicing  and
collection  procedures  on  behalf of the Trust in  accordance  with the  Higher
Education Act and the rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  However,
failure to follow these procedures or failure of the Seller to follow procedures
relating to the  origination  of any  Financed  Student  Loans may result in the
Department's  refusal to make reinsurance  payments to the Guarantors or to make
Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance  Payments to the Eligible Lender
Trustee  with  respect  to such  Financed  Student  Loans or in the  Guarantors'
refusal to honor their  agreements  with the Eligible  Lender  Trustee to, inter
alia, guarantee the payment of such Financed Student Loans (each such agreement,
a  "Guarantee  Agreement").  Failure of the  Guarantors  to receive  reinsurance
payments from the Department could adversely  affect the Guarantors'  ability or
legal  obligation to make payments  under the Guarantee  Agreements  ("Guarantee
Payments") to the Eligible Lender Trustee.  Loss of any such Guarantee Payments,
Interest Subsidy Payments or Special  Allowance  Payments could adversely affect
the  Trust's  ability  to pay  principal  and  interest  on the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.

     Pursuant to the Sale  Agreement the Seller is obligated to  repurchase,  or
pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement the Master Servicer is obligated to
purchase,  any  Financed  Student  Loan  if a  breach  of  the  representations,
warranties  or covenants of the Seller or the Master  Servicer,  as the case may
be, with respect to such Financed  Student Loan has a material adverse effect on
the  interests of the  Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders  therein and such
breach is not cured within any applicable cure period (it being  understood that
any such breach that does not affect any  Guarantor's  obligation  to  guarantee
payment of such  Financed  Student  Loans will not be  considered to have such a
material adverse effect). In addition,  under certain circumstances  pursuant to
the Sale Agreement,  the Seller or, pursuant to the Master Servicing  Agreement,
the Master  Servicer,  as the case may be, is obligated  to reimburse  the Trust
with  respect to a Financed  Student Loan for any accrued  interest  amounts not
guaranteed  by a Guarantor  due to, or any lost  Interest  Subsidy  Payments and
Special   Allowance   Payments  as  a  result  of,  a  breach  of  the  Seller's
representations and warranties or the Master Servicer's  covenants,  as the case
may be, with respect to such Financed  Student  Loan.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and "-- Master Servicer Covenants". There can be
no  assurance,  however,  that the Seller or the Master  Servicer  will have the
financial  resources to do so. The failure of the Seller to so repurchase or the
Master Servicer to so purchase a Financed Student Loan would constitute a breach
of the  Sale  Agreement  or  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,
enforceable  by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  on behalf of the Trust or by the
Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the  Noteholders,  but would not  constitute  an
Event of  Default  under  the  Indenture  or permit  the  exercise  of  remedies
thereunder.

   
Changes  in  Legislation  May  Adversely   Affect  Financed  Student  Loans  and
Guarantors
    

     There can be no assurance  that the Higher  Education Act or other relevant
federal  or state  laws,  rules and  regulations  and the  programs  implemented
thereunder  will not be amended or  modified in the future in a manner that will
adversely impact the programs described in this Prospectus and the Student Loans
made  thereunder,  including the Financed  Student Loans, or the Guarantors.  In
addition,  existing legislation and future measures to reduce the federal budget
deficit  or for other  purposes  may  adversely  affect the amount and nature of
federal financial assistance available with respect to these programs. In recent
years, federal budget legislation has provided for the recovery of certain funds
held by guarantee  agencies in order to achieve  reductions in federal spending.
There can be no assurance,  however,  that future federal budget  legislation or
administrative  actions will not adversely affect expenditures by the Department
or the financial condition of the Guarantors.

     Under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, Congress made a number
of changes that may adversely affect the financial  condition of the Guarantors,
as  such  changes  reduce  certain  financial  benefits  previously  enjoyed  by
Guarantors  and give the  Department  broad  powers  over  Guarantors  and their
reserves.  See "The Federal Family  Education  Loan Program --  Legislative  and
Administrative  Matters" for a more detailed  description  of the impact of such
legislation  on  Guarantors.  The  changes  create a  significant  risk that the
resources  available to the Guarantors to meet their guarantee  obligations will
be significantly reduced. In addition, this legislation greatly expands the loan
volume under the direct lending  program of the Department  (the "Federal Direct
Student Loan Program") to a minimum of approximately  60% of student loan demand
in academic year 1998-1999,  which could result in increasing  reductions in the
volume of loans made under the FFELP.  Under the  Federal  Direct  Student  Loan
Program,  the Department directly originates and holds student loans without the
involvement  of private  lenders.  Such volume  reductions  could further reduce
revenues  received  by the  Guarantors  available  to pay  claims  on  defaulted
Financed Student Loans. Finally, the level of competition currently in existence
in the  secondary  market  for loans  made  under the  FFELP  could be  reduced,
resulting  in fewer  potential  buyers of the Financed  Student  Loans and lower
prices available in the secondary market for those loans.

   
Inability of Indenture Trustee to Liquidate Financed Student Loans
    

     If an Event of  Default  occurs  under the  Indenture,  subject  to certain
conditions,  the  Indenture  Trustee is  authorized,  without the consent of the
Certificateholders,  to  sell  the  Financed  Student  Loans.  There  can  be no
assurance,  however, that the Indenture Trustee will be able to find a purchaser
for the Financed  Student  Loans in a timely  manner or that the market value of
such  Financed  Student  Loans  would,  at any time,  be equal to the  aggregate
outstanding  principal amount of the Securities and accrued interest thereon. If
the net proceeds of any such sale,  together with amounts then on deposit in the
Reserve  Account,  do not exceed the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of
Notes and accrued interest thereon,  the Noteholders will suffer a loss. In such
circumstances,  the  Certificateholders  would not be  entitled  to receive  any
portion of such proceeds.  In addition,  the amount of principal  required to be
distributed to Noteholders  under the Indenture is generally  limited to amounts
available to be so distributed.  Therefore,  the failure to pay principal on the
Notes may not result in the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  until the Class
A-1 Final  Maturity  Date, in the case of the Class A-1 Notes,  or the Class A-2
Final Maturity Date, in the case of the Class A-2 Notes. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Credit Enhancement".

   
Failure to Comply  with  Interim  Final  Third-Party  Servicer  Regulations  May
Adversely Affect Loan Servicing
    

     On November 29, 1994,  the Secretary of the  Department  of Education  (the
"Secretary")  published final regulations amending the FFELP regulations.  These
regulations,  among other things,  establish  requirements  governing  contracts
between holders of Student Loans and third-party servicers,  establish standards
of administrative and financial  responsibility  for third-party  servicers that
administer any aspect of a guarantee  agency's or lender's  participation in the
FFELP, and establish sanctions for third-party servicers.

     Under  these  regulations,  a  third-party  servicer  (such  as the  Master
Servicer)  is  jointly  and  severally   liable  with  its  client  lenders  for
liabilities  to  the  Department  arising  from  the  servicer's   violation  of
applicable requirements. In addition, if the servicer fails to meet standards of
financial  responsibility  or  administrative  capability  included  in the  new
regulations, or violates other FFELP requirements, the new regulations authorize
the  Department  to fine the servicer  and/or limit,  suspend,  or terminate the
servicer's  eligibility to contract to service FFELP loans. The effect of such a
limitation or termination on the servicer's eligibility to service loans already
on its system, or to accept new loans for servicing under existing contracts, is
unclear. There can be no assurance that the Master Servicer will not be fined or
held  liable  by the  Department  for  liabilities  arising  out  of  its  FFELP
activities for the Trust or other client lenders,  or that its eligibility  will
not be limited,  suspended,  or terminated in the future. If the Master Servicer
were so fined or held liable,  or its eligibility  were limited,  suspended,  or
terminated,  its ability to properly  service the Financed  Student Loans and to
satisfy its  obligation to purchase  loans with respect to which it breaches its
representations,  warranties or covenants under the Master  Servicing  Agreement
could  be  adversely  affected.  However,  in  the  event  of a  termination  of
eligibility,  the Master  Servicing  Agreement  provides  for the removal of the
Master Servicer and the appointment of a successor Master Servicer.

   
Insolvency Risk of Seller

     The Seller intends that the transfer of the Financed Student Loans by it to
the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust  under the Sale  Agreement
constitutes a valid sale and assignment of such Financed Student Loans. However,
although  unlikely,  a court could treat the  transfer of the  Financed  Student
Loans to the Eligible  Lender Trustee as an assignment of collateral as security
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders.  If the transfer
of the Financed Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee is deemed to create
a security interest therein,  a tax or government lien on property of the Seller
arising before the Financed  Student Loans came into existence may have priority
over the Eligible Lender Trustee's  interest in such Financed Student Loans and,
if the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  "FDIC")  were  appointed
receiver or conservator of the Seller,  the FDIC's  administrative  expenses may
also have priority over the Eligible Lender Trustee's  interest in such Financed
Student  Loans.  In the event  that the  Seller  becomes  insolvent  or is in an
unsound condition or if certain other  circumstances  occur, the Federal Deposit
Insurance  Act  ("FDIA"),  as  amended  by the  Financial  Institutions  Reform,
Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA"), sets forth certain powers which
the FDIC could  exercise if it were  appointed as receiver or conservator of the
Seller.  Subject to  clarification by FDIC  regulations or  interpretations,  it
would appear from the positions taken by the FDIC that the FDIC, in its capacity
as a receiver or conservator for the Seller, would not interfere with the timely
transfer to the Trust of collections with respect to the Financed Student Loans.
To the extent  that the  transfer  of the  Financed  Student  Loans is deemed to
create a security  interest,  and that interest was validly perfected before the
Seller's insolvency and was not taken in contemplation of insolvency or with the
intent to hinder,  delay or  defraud  the  Seller or its  creditors,  based upon
opinions  and  statements  of policy  issued by the general  counsel of the FDIC
addressing the enforceability against the FDIC, as conservator or receiver for a
depository  institution,  of a security  interest in collateral  granted by such
depository  institution,  such  security  interest  should  not  be  subject  to
avoidance  and payments to the Trust with respect to the Financed  Student Loans
should  not be  subject  to stay or to  recovery  by the  FDIC  as  receiver  or
conservator  of the  Seller.  If,  however,  the FDIC were to assert a  contrary
position,  certain  provisions  of the FDIA may be  asserted  by the  FDIC,  and
thereby  possibly  result in delays and  reductions in payments on the Notes and
the Certificates. In addition, if the FDIC were to require the Indenture Trustee
or the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee to  establish  its right to such  payments  by
submitting to and completing the administrative claims procedure under the FDIA,
as amended by FIRREA,  delays in payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and
possible  reductions in the amount of those payments  could occur.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Financed Student Loans".
    

       
   
Custodial Risk of Master Servicer

     Pursuant  to  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Master  Servicer  as
custodian  on behalf  of the Trust  will  have the  responsibility  to  maintain
custody of the promissory  notes evidencing the Financed Student Loans following
the sale of the Financed Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee.  Although
the  accounts of the Seller will be marked to indicate the sale and although the
Seller  will cause UCC  financing  statements  to be filed with the  appropriate
authorities,  the  Financed  Student  Loans will not be  physically  segregated,
stamped or otherwise  marked to indicate that such  Financed  Student Loans have
been sold to the Eligible Lender Trustee. If, through inadvertence or otherwise,
any of the  Financed  Student  Loans were sold to another  party,  or a security
interest  therein were granted to another  party,  that  purchased (or took such
security  interest in) any of such Financed Student Loans in the ordinary course
of its business and took  possession of such Financed  Student  Loans,  then the
purchaser (or secured  party) would acquire an interest in the Financed  Student
Loans  superior to the interest of the Eligible  Lender Trustee if the purchaser
(or secured party)  acquired such Financial  Student Loans without  knowledge of
the Eligible Lender  Trustee's  interest.  See  "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Sale of Financed  Student  Loans;  Representations  and
Warranties" and "-- Master Servicer Covenants".

Insolvency Risk of Master Servicer or Administrator

     In the  event of a Master  Servicer  Default  or an  Administrator  Default
resulting  solely from certain events of insolvency or bankruptcy that may occur
with respect to the Master Servicer or the Administrator,  a court, conservator,
receiver  or  liquidator  may have the power to  prevent  either  the  Indenture
Trustee or the  Noteholders  from  appointing  a  successor  Master  Servicer or
Administrator,  as the case may be, and delays in (a)  collections in respect of
the  Financed   Student   Loans  and  (b)  recovery  of  payments  held  by  the
Administrator  prior to their deposit into the Collection Account may occur. See
"Description  of the Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Rights Upon Master
Servicer  Default and  Administrator  Default"  Warranties"  and "-- Payments on
Financed Student Loans".

Commingling  Risk of Consolidation of Federal Benefit Billings and Receipts with
Other Trusts
    

     Due  to  a   Department   policy   limiting  the  granting  of  new  lender
identification  numbers,  the Eligible  Lender Trustee will be allowed under the
Trust  Agreement  to permit  trusts,  other than the Trust,  established  by the
Seller to securitize Student Loans, to use the Department lender  identification
number  applicable to the Trust. No such trusts currently exist, but such trusts
could be formed in the future.  In that event,  the  billings  submitted  to the
Department for Interest Subsidy and Special  Allowance  Payments on loans in the
Trust would be  consolidated  with the  billings  for such  payments for Student
Loans in other trusts using the same lender  identification  number and payments
on such billings would be made by the Department in lump sum form. Such lump sum
payments  would then be  allocated  among the  various  trusts  using the lender
identification number.

     In addition,  the sharing of the lender  identification number by the Trust
with other trusts may result in the receipt of claim  payments by  guarantors in
lump sum form. In that event,  such payments would be allocated among the trusts
in a manner similar to the allocation  process for Interest  Subsidy and Special
Allowance Payments.

   
     The Department  regards the Eligible  Lender Trustee as the party primarily
responsible  to the  Department  for any  liabilities  owed to the Department or
guarantors resulting from the Eligible Lender Trustee's activities in the FFELP.
As a  result,  if the  Department  or a  guarantor  were to  determine  that the
Eligible Lender Trustee owes a liability to the Department or a guarantor on any
Student Loan for which the Eligible Lender Trustee is or was legal  titleholder,
including  loans held in the Trust or other trusts,  the Department or guarantor
might seek to collect that liability by offset against payments due the Eligible
Lender Trustee under the Trust.  In the event that the Department or a guarantor
determines  such a liability  exists in connection with a trust using the shared
lender  identification  number, the Department or a guarantor would be likely to
collect that liability by offset against amounts due the Eligible Lender Trustee
under  the  shared  lender  identification  number,  including  amounts  owed in
connection  with the Trust.  Loss of any  Interest  Subsidy  Payments or Special
Allowance  Payments as a result of any such offset  could  adversely  affect the
Trust's ability to pay principal and interest on the Notes and the Certificates.
    

     In addition, other trusts using the shared lender identification number may
in a given quarter incur  origination  fees that exceed the Interest Subsidy and
Special Allowance  Payments payable by the Department on the loans in such other
trusts,  resulting in the consolidated  payment from the Department  received by
the Eligible  Lender  Trustee under such lender  identification  number for that
quarter  equaling an amount that is less than the amount owed by the  Department
on the loans in the Trust for that quarter.

     The Trust  Agreement for the Trust and the trust agreement for other trusts
established  by the Seller  which share the lender  identification  number to be
used by the Trust (the Trust and such other  trusts,  collectively,  the "Seller
Trusts") may require a Seller Trust (including the Trust) to indemnify the other
Seller  Trusts for a  shortfall  or an offset by the  Department  or a guarantor
arising  from the  Student  Loans held by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on such
trust's behalf.

   
Prepayment, Maturity and Yield Risks

     All the Financed  Student Loans are prepayable at any time without  premium
or penalty. For this purpose the term "prepayments" includes prepayments in full
or in part (including in the event a Financed Student Loan is consolidated  with
other Student Loans as a  Consolidation  Loan) and  liquidations  due to default
(including  receipt  of  Guarantee  Payments).  The rate of  prepayments  on the
Financed  Student Loans may be  influenced by a variety of economic,  social and
other  factors  affecting  borrowers,  including  (a) factors which may increase
voluntary   prepayment  such  as  the  occurrence  of   consolidations   or  the
availability  of attractive  alternative  financing  programs as a result of the
availability  of low fixed rates or the  improvement  in the  individual  credit
rating of a borrower and (b) factors which may affect the rate of defaults, such
as a general economic downturn  affecting a large segment of the population.  In
addition,  under  certain  circumstances,   the  Seller  will  be  obligated  to
repurchase or the Master Servicer will be obligated to purchase Financed Student
Loans from the Trust  pursuant  to the Sale  Agreement  or the Master  Servicing
Agreement,   respectively,   as  a  result  of  breaches  of  their   respective
representations,  warranties or covenants.  See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Sale of Financed  Student  Loans;  Representations  and
Warranties"  and  "--  Master  Servicer  Covenants".  Moreover,  to  the  extent
borrowers of Financed  Student  Loans elect to borrow  Consolidation  Loans with
respect to such Financed  Student Loans,  Noteholders  (and after the Notes have
been paid in full, Certificateholders) will collectively receive as a prepayment
of principal the aggregate  principal  amount of such  Financed  Student  Loans.
There can be no assurance that  borrowers  with Financed  Student Loans will not
seek to obtain  Consolidation Loans with respect to such Financed Student Loans.
See "The  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program  -- The  Consolidation  Loan
Program"  and  "The  Financed  Student  Loan  Pool --  Maturity  and  Prepayment
Assumptions".
    

     The Consolidation  Loan program provides  borrowers with the opportunity to
consolidate   outstanding   student   loans  at  interest   rates   below,   and
income-contingent  repayment  terms that some borrowers may find  preferable to,
those that would be available from the Seller on a loan originated by the Seller
under the  Consolidation  Loan program.  The  availability  of such  lower-rate,
income-contingent loans may increase the likelihood that a Financed Student Loan
in the Trust will be prepaid through the issuance of a  Consolidation  Loan. The
volume of existing loans that may be prepaid in this fashion is not determinable
at this time.

     On the other hand,  scheduled  payments with respect to, and maturities of,
the Financed Student Loans may be extended, including pursuant to Grace Periods,
Deferral Periods and, under certain circumstances,  Forbearance Periods (each as
defined under "The Federal Family Education Loan Program -- The Stafford Loans")
In addition,  the stated  maturity of certain of the Financed  Student Loans may
occur beyond the Final  Maturity  Date.  See "The Financed  Student Loan Pool --
Maturity and Prepayment  Assumptions".  Any reinvestment  risks resulting from a
faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Financed Student Loans will be borne
entirely by the Noteholders and the Certificateholders.

   
     Any Financed  Student Loans  remaining in the Trust on or after the Auction
Distribution  Date  will be  offered  for  sale  by the  Indenture  Trustee.  If
acceptable  bids  to  purchase  such  Financed  Student  Loans  on  the  Auction
Distribution Date are received,  as described  herein,  the proceeds of the sale
will be applied on the Auction Distribution Date to redeem any outstanding Notes
and to retire  any  outstanding  Certificates  on such  date.  In  addition,  if
acceptable  bids  to  purchase  such  Financed  Student  Loans  on  the  Auction
Distribution Date are not received,  the sale of such Financed Student Loans may
occur on a subsequent  Distribution  Date, as described  herein,  and applied on
such  date  to  redeem  any   outstanding   Notes  and  retire  any  outstanding
Certificates. No assurance can be given as to whether the Indenture Trustee will
be  successful in soliciting  acceptable  bids to purchase the Financed  Student
Loans on the Auction Distribution Date or any subsequent  Distribution Date. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreement -- Termination".  See also
"Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements"  --  Insolvency  Event"
regarding the sale of the Financed  Student Loans if an Insolvency  Event occurs
and "Termination" regarding the Seller's option to purchase the Financed Student
Loans  when the Pool  Balance  is less  than or  equal  to of the  Initial  Pool
Balance.
    

     Any  reinvestment  risks  resulting  from a faster or slower  incidence  of
prepayment   of  Financed   Student   Loans  will  be  borne   entirely  by  the
Securityholders.  Such  reinvestment  risks may include  the risk that  interest
rates and the relevant spreads above particular interest rate bases are lower at
the time  Securityholders  receive  payments  from the Trust than such  interest
rates and such spread would  otherwise have been had such  prepayments  not been
made or had such  prepayments  been made at a different  time.  The yield on the
Notes and  Certificates may also be reduced by the discharge of any Noteholders'
Interest  Index  Carryover  and  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover
remaining after distribution of all Available Funds and amounts available in the
Reserve  Account  on the  respective  final  maturity  dates  of the  Notes  and
Certificates.

     Holders of Securities should consider,  in the case of Securities purchased
at a  discount,  the  risk  that a slower  than  anticipated  rate of  principal
payments on the Financed  Student  Loans could result in an actual yield that is
less than the  anticipated  yield and, in the case of Securities  purchased at a
premium,  the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of principal  payments on
the Financed Student Loans could result in an actual yield that is less than the
anticipated yield.

   
Prepayment Risks Differ Between the Notes and the Certificates
    

     Because the Class A-2  Noteholders  will  receive no payments of  principal
until the Class A-1  Notes  have been paid in full,  and the  Certificateholders
will receive no payments of  principal  until the Class A-2 Notes have been paid
in full, the Class A-1 Notes and, to a lesser  extent,  the Class A-2 Notes bear
relatively  greater  risk  than  do the  Certificates  of an  increased  rate of
principal  repayments  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans (whether as a
result of voluntary  prepayments,  Consolidation  Loans or  liquidations  due to
default or  breach).  On the other  hand,  Certificateholders  and,  to a lesser
extent,  the Class A-2 Noteholders bear a greater risk of loss of principal than
do Class A-1  Noteholders  in the event of a shortfall  in  Available  Funds and
amounts  on deposit in the  Reserve  Account  because  the  Certificates  do not
receive principal  distributions  from Available Funds until the Class A-2 Notes
are paid in full and the Class A-2 Notes do not receive principal  distributions
until the Class A-1 Notes are paid in full.

   
Noteholders' Right to Control Upon Certain Defaults
    

     In the event a Master Servicer Default or an Administrator  Default occurs,
the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders, as described under "Description of the
Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements -- Rights upon Master  Servicer  Default and
Administrator Default", may remove the Master Servicer or the Administrator,  as
the case may be,  without the consent of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee or any of
the Certificateholders. Moreover, only the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders,
and not the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Certificateholders,  have the ability
to remove the Master  Servicer  or the  Administrator,  as the case may be, if a
Master Servicer Default or an  Administrator  Default occurs.  In addition,  the
Noteholders  have the  ability,  with  certain  specified  exceptions,  to waive
defaults by the Master Servicer and the  Administrator,  including defaults that
could materially  adversely affect the  Certificateholders.  See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Waiver of Past Defaults".

   
Consumer Protection Laws May Affect Enforceability of Student Loans

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance.  Also,  unless preempted by federal law, some state laws impose finance
charge ceilings and other  restrictions  on certain  consumer  transactions  and
require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those required under federal law.
These  requirements  impose  specific  statutory  liability that could affect an
assignee's  ability to enforce  consumer  finance  contracts such as the Student
Loans.  In addition,  the remedies  available  to the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Noteholders  upon an Event of  Default  under the  Indenture  may not be readily
available or may be limited by applicable  state and federal laws.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Financed Student Loans".

Limitations on Credit Ratings of the Securities
    

     It is a condition  to the  issuance and sale of each class of the Notes and
of the  Certificates  that the Notes be rated in the highest  investment  rating
category  and  that  the  Certificates  be  rated  in one of the  three  highest
investment  rating  categories  by at least  two  nationally  recognized  Rating
Agencies. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities,
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor. The ratings of the Securities address the likelihood of the
ultimate  payment of  principal of and  interest on the  Securities  pursuant to
their terms.  However,  the Rating Agencies do not evaluate,  and the ratings of
the  Securities do not address,  the  likelihood of payment of the  Noteholders'
Interest Index Carryover or the  Certificateholders'  Interest Index  Carryover.
There can be no assurance that a rating will remain for any given period of time
or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if
in its judgment circumstances in the future so warrant.

   
Book-Entry Registration -- Beneficial Owners Not Recognized by Trust
    

     The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates  will each be
initially  represented  by one or more  certificates  registered  in the name of
Cede,  the  nominee  for DTC,  and will not be  registered  in the  names of the
holders of such Securities or their nominees.  Because of this, unless and until
Definitive  Securities  are  issued,  holders  of such  Securities  will  not be
recognized  by  the  Indenture   Trustee  or  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  as
"Noteholders"  or  "Certificateholders",  as the case may be (as such  terms are
used in the  Indenture  and the Trust  Agreement,  respectively).  Hence,  until
Definitive  Securities are issued,  holders of such Securities will only be able
to exercise  the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly  through  DTC,  Cedel or
Euroclear and their respective participating organizations.  See "Description of
the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

   
Geographic Concentration

     Approximately  _____%  and  _____%  by  principal  balance  of the  Initial
Financed Student Loans have borrowers with permanent  billing  addresses located
in  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey,   respectively.   Consequently,  a  material
deterioration in general economic  conditions in those states could result in an
increased level of delinquencies  and/or defaults from such borrowers  requiring
increased  default claims to be paid by the Guarantors.  In such  circumstances,
Securityholders  could  experience  delays in receiving  payments or, if default
claims increase significantly, could receive accelerated payments.
    

                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

The Trust

   
     First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1 is a business  trust formed under the
laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  pursuant  to the  Trust  Agreement  for  the
transactions  described  in this  Prospectus.  The Trust  will not engage in any
activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and managing the Financed  Student
Loans and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the
Certificates  and the Notes,  (iii) making payments thereon and (iv) engaging in
other  activities  that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish the
foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The  Trust  will  be  initially  capitalized  with  equity  of  $__________
excluding  amounts  deposited in the Reserve Account by the Trust on the Closing
Date,   representing  the  initial   principal   balance  of  the  Certificates.
[Certificates  with an original  principal balance of approximately  $__________
will be sold to and retained by the Seller and] the remaining  Certificates will
be sold to third-party  investors that are expected to be unaffiliated  with the
Seller, the Master Servicer,  the Guarantors,  the Trust or the Department.  The
equity of the Trust, together with the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, will
be used by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee to purchase on behalf of the Trust the
Financed  Student  Loans from the Seller  pursuant  to the Sale  Agreement.  The
Seller will use a portion of the net  proceeds it receives  from the sale of the
Financed  Student Loans to make the Reserve  Account Initial  Deposit.  Upon the
consummation of such transactions, the property of the Trust will consist of (a)
a pool of Student  Loans,  legal title to which is held by the  Eligible  Lender
Trustee on behalf of the Trust, (b) all funds collected in respect thereof on or
after the Cutoff  Date,  and (c) all moneys  and  investments  on deposit in the
Collection  Account  and the Reserve  Account.  The Notes will be secured by the
property of the Trust.  The Collection  Account and the Reserve  Account will be
maintained  in  the  name  of the  Indenture  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders.  To facilitate servicing and to minimize
administrative  burden and expense,  the Master  Servicer  will  delegate to the
respective Subservicers the responsibility to maintain custody of the promissory
notes representing the Financed Student Loans by the Eligible Lender Trustee.

     The Trust's principal offices are in Wilmington,  Delaware,  in care of The
First  National  Bank of Chicago,  as Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  at the address
listed below.
    

Capitalization of the Trust

     The following table  illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust as of the
Cutoff Date, as if the issuance and sale of the  Securities  offered  hereby had
taken place on such date:


Floating Rate Class A-1 Asset Backed Notes             $
                                                       ----------------
Floating Rate Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes             $
                                                       ----------------
Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates                $
                                                       ----------------

                          Total                        $
                                                       ================



Eligible Lender Trustee

   
     General.  The First National Bank of Chicago is the Eligible Lender Trustee
for the Trust under the Trust Agreement. The First National Bank of Chicago is a
national banking  association  whose principal  offices are located at One First
National Plaza, Suite 0126, Chicago,  Illinois 60670, whose New York offices are
located at First Chicago  Trust  Company of New York, 14 Wall Street,  New York,
New York 10005 and whose  Delaware  offices are located in care of First Chicago
Delaware Inc., 300 King Street, Wilmington,  Delaware 19801. The Eligible Lender
Trustee  will  acquire on behalf of the Trust  legal  title to all the  Financed
Student  Loans  acquired  pursuant to the Sale  Agreement.  The Eligible  Lender
Trustee on behalf of the Trust will enter into a Guarantee  Agreement  with each
of the  Guarantors  with respect to such Financed  Student  Loans.  The Eligible
Lender  Trustee  qualifies as an eligible  lender and owner of all Student Loans
for all purposes  under the Higher  Education Act and the Guarantee  Agreements.
Failure of the Financed  Student  Loans to be owned by an eligible  lender would
result in the loss of any Guarantee  Payments from any Guarantor and any Federal
Assistance  with  respect to such  Financed  Student  Loans.  See "The  Financed
Student Loan Pool -- Insurance of Student Loans;  Guarantors of Student  Loans".
The Eligible Lender Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale
of the Notes and the  Certificates is limited solely to the express  obligations
of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee set forth in the Trust  Agreement  and the Sale
Agreement.  See "Description of the Securities" and "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing  Agreements".  The Seller and its affiliates  may maintain  normal
commercial banking relations with the Eligible Lender Trustee.

     Fees. In  consideration  for its performance of its  obligations  under the
Trust  Agreement,  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  will be  entitled  to receive
compensation  for its services in accordance with a separate  agreement  between
the Seller and the Eligible Lender Trustee.
    

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Sources of Capital and Liquidity

   
     The Trust's  only  material  sources of capital will be the net proceeds of
the Securities offered hereby.  See "Formation of the Trust--  Capitalization of
the Trust".

     The Trust's sole sources of liquidity will be  collections  with respect to
the Financed  Student Loans and amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account.  The
Trust does not have any external sources for liquidity.
    

Results of Operations

   
     The Trust was recently formed and,  accordingly,  has no meaningful results
of operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Because the Trust does not have
any  operating  history,  there has not been  included  in this  Prospectus  any
historical or pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges.  The earnings on the
Financed  Student  Loans and other  assets  owned by the Trust and the  interest
costs of the Notes will  determine  the  Trust's  results of  operations  in the
future.  The  income  generated  from  the  Trust's  assets  will be used to pay
operating  costs  and  expenses  of the  Trust  (to the  extent  not paid by the
Seller), interest and principal on the Notes and distributions to the holders of
the Certificates.  The principal operating expenses of the Trust are expected to
be, but are not limited to, the Servicing  Fee, the  Administration  Fee and the
fees of the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  (such  fees
collectively, the "Trust Fees").
    

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net proceeds  from the sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes will be
used  (a)  to  make  the  Reserve  Account  Initial  Deposit  in the  amount  of
$__________  and (b) for payment to the Seller as part of the  consideration  to
purchase the Financed Student Loans on the Closing Date.
    

              THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Seller

   
     First Union National Bank ("First Union--Pennsylvania") is the Seller under
the Sale Agreement.  First Union--Pennsylvania is a national banking association
having its main office in  Avondale,  Pennsylvania,  and is an indirect  banking
subsidiary  of First  Union  Corporation,  a North  Carolina  corporation  and a
multi-bank  holding  company  registered  under the Bank Holding  Company Act of
1956, as amended.
    

       
The Master Servicer and the Administrator

   
     General. First Union National Bank ("First Union--North Carolina") will act
as the Master Servicer under the Master  Servicing  Agreement and it will act as
the Administrator  under the  Administration  Agreement and the Master Servicing
Agreement.   First   Union--North   Carolina  is  a  separate  national  banking
association having its main office in Charlotte,  North Carolina is an affiliate
of the Seller and is a banking subsidiary of First Union  Corporation.  Pursuant
to a  proposed  reorganization  of  the  banking  subsidiaries  of  First  Union
Corporation,  it is expected that by February 1998 First  Union--North  Carolina
will merge into First Union-Pennsylvania, First Union-Pennsylvania will relocate
its main office to Charlotte,  North Carolina, and First Union-Pennsylvania will
succeed to all of First Union--North  Carolina's  obligations as Master Servicer
and Administrator under the Trust.
    

     Services and Fees of the Master Servicer.  Pursuant to the Master Servicing
Agreement and except as otherwise  expressly assumed by the  Administrator,  the
Master  Servicer has agreed as the Master  Servicer to service,  and perform all
other related tasks with respect to, all the Financed  Student Loans acquired by
the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  The Master  Servicer  is
required  to perform all  services  and duties  customary  to the  servicing  of
Student  Loans  and to do so in the  same  manner  as the  Master  Servicer  has
serviced  Student Loans on behalf of the Seller and otherwise in compliance with
all applicable  standards and  procedures.  In addition,  the Master Servicer is
required to maintain its eligibility as a third-party  servicer under the Higher
Education  Act. See  "Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements --
Servicing Procedures".

     The Master Servicer may perform its servicing  obligations under the Master
Servicing  Agreement  through  one or more  subservicing  agreements  with other
student loan servicers (each, a "Subservicer"  and a "Subservicing  Agreement").
Such  Subservicing  Agreements  may be  terminated  by the Master  Servicer with
notice, and the Subservicing Agreements may not have a term which extends to the
maturity date of the Securities.  In the event such Subservicing  Agreements are
terminated or are not renewed or extended,  the Trust may  experience  delays in
collections  on the  Student  Loans  until  the  servicing  obligations  of such
Subservicer  are  transferred  and  assumed by another  Subservicer.  See "--The
Subservicers" below.

   
     In consideration  for performing its obligations under the Master Servicing
Agreement,  the Master  Servicer will receive a monthly fee payable by the Trust
on each Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date equal to  one-twelfth of the product of
(i)  _____%  per  annum  and  (ii) the  Pool  Balance  as of the last day of the
preceding calendar month,  subject to certain  adjustments,  together with other
administrative  fees and similar  charges.  See  "Description  of  Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation".

     The  Subservicers.  The  Master  Servicer  may from time to time enter into
agreements with  Subservicers.  The Master  Servicer has currently  entered into
Subservicing  Agreements  with AFSA  Data  Corporation,  PHEAA  and  Connecticut
Assistance  For  Loan  Servicing,   a  division  of  Connecticut   Student  Loan
Foundation,  to serve as Subservicers under the Master Servicing  Agreement.  As
the scheduled termination date of any Subservicing Agreement may be prior to the
maturity date of the Securities,  successor  subservicers not identified  herein
may be engaged to subservice a portion of the related  Student Loans;  provided,
however,  that no  successor  subservicer  shall be  engaged  unless  the Master
Servicer  shall  have  received  prior  written  notice  from each of the Rating
Agencies that the engagement of such successor  subservicer shall not cause such
Rating Agency to lower its  then-current  rating on any of the  Securities.  Any
successor  subservicer  shall be deemed  to be a  Subservicer  under the  Master
Servicing   Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  Subservicing
Agreement,  the Master Servicing Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer
will remain liable for its servicing duties and the obligations under the Master
Servicing Agreement as if the Master Servicer were servicing the Student Loans.
    

     Services  and  Fees  of  Administrator.   Pursuant  to  the  Administration
Agreement,  the  Administrator  will be  responsible  for providing  notices and
reports  and  performing  other  administrative   obligations  required  by  the
Indenture,   the  Trust  Agreement  and  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement.   As
compensation  for the  performance  of the  Administrator's  obligations  and as
reimbursement  for its  expenses  related  thereto,  the  Administrator  will be
entitled  to  an   administration   fee  in  an  amount  equal  to  ______  (the
"Administration  Fee")  payable  by the  Trust on each  Distribution  Date.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Administrator."


                         THE FINANCED STUDENT LOAN POOL

General

   
     The Student Loans to be sold by the Seller to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee
on behalf of the Trust  pursuant to the Sale Agreement will be selected from the
portfolio of Student Loans  originated  under the Federal Family  Education Loan
Program (see "The Federal Family  Education Loan Program") by several  criteria,
namely that as of the Cutoff Date,  each Student  Loan (i) is  guaranteed  as to
principal and interest by a Guarantor and is in turn reinsured by the Department
in accordance with the terms of the Federal Family Education Loan Program,  (ii)
was  originated  in  the  United  States  of  America,  its  territories  or its
possessions  under and in  accordance  with the Federal  Family  Education  Loan
Program,  (iii) contains terms in accordance  with those required by the Federal
Family  Education Loan Program,  the applicable  Guarantee  Agreements and other
applicable requirements,  (iv) provides for regular payments that fully amortize
the amount financed over its original term to maturity  (exclusive of any Grace,
Deferral or Forbearance Periods), (v) is not more than 120 days delinquent as of
the Cutoff Date and (vi)  satisfies  the other  criteria  set forth  herein.  In
addition,  as of the Cutoff Date no Financed Student Loan had a borrower who was
noted in the  related  records of the Seller as being  currently  involved  in a
bankruptcy  proceeding or deceased.  Although  there can be no assurance  that a
borrower of a Financed  Student  Loan has not become  involved  in a  bankruptcy
proceeding  or  deceased,  each  such loan is  guaranteed  as to  principal  and
interest  by a  Guarantor  in the  event  of any such  bankruptcy  or death of a
borrower.  No  Financed  Student  Loan as of the Cutoff  Date was subject to the
Seller's  prior  obligation  to sell such loan to a third  party.  No  selection
procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse to the Securityholders were used
in selecting the Financed Student Loans.
    

     The Student Loans that comprise the assets of the Trust will be held by the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust.  The Eligible Lender Trustee
will also enter  into,  on behalf of the Trust,  Guarantee  Agreements  with the
Guarantors  pursuant to which each of such Student  Loans will be  guaranteed by
one of such Guarantors.

Origination and Marketing Process

     The  Higher  Education  Act  specifies  rules  regarding  loan  origination
practices,  which  lenders must comply with in order for the Student Loans to be
guaranteed and to be eligible to receive Federal Assistance.  Lenders of Student
Loans  are  prohibited  from  offering  points,  premiums,   payments  or  other
inducements,  directly or indirectly, to any educational institution,  guarantor
or individual in order to secure  Student Loan  applications,  and no lender may
conduct  unsolicited  mailings of Student Loan applications to students who have
not previously received student loans from that lender.

   
     Generally  the student and school  complete the combined  application  with
promissory  note and mail it either to a lender or  directly  to the  applicable
Guarantor.  Both the lender and such  Guarantor  must approve such  application,
including  confirming  that such  application  is complete  and that it (and the
prospective borrower and institution) complies with all applicable  requirements
of the Higher Education Act and the  requirements of such Guarantor.  The Higher
Education Act requires that each  Guarantor have  procedures  designed to assure
that it guarantees Student Loans only to students  attending  institutions which
meet the  requirements of the Higher  Education Act.  Certain lenders  establish
maximum  default rates for  institutions  whose  students they will serve.  Each
lender  will only make  loans  that are  approved  by the  applicable  Guarantor
(consistent  with the approval  requirements of the Higher Education Act and the
Guarantor). For each such application that is approved, the applicable Guarantor
will issue a guarantee certificate to the lender, which will then cause the loan
to be disbursed (typically in multiple  installments) and a disclosure statement
confirming  the terms of the Student  Loan to be sent to the student (or parent)
borrower.  These procedures differ slightly for Consolidation  Loans,  which are
originated as described under "The Federal Family  Education Loan Program -- The
Consolidation Loan Program".
    

Servicing and Collections Process

     The Higher Education Act and the Guarantee Agreements require the holder of
Student Loans to cause specified procedures,  including due diligence procedures
and the taking of specific  steps at specific  intervals,  to be performed  with
respect to the  servicing of the Student  Loans that are designed to ensure that
such Student  Loans are repaid on a timely  basis by or on behalf of  borrowers.
The Master  Servicer  performs  such  procedures on behalf of the Seller and has
agreed,  pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  to perform,  through its
Subservicing  Agreements,   specified  and  detailed  servicing  and  collection
procedures  with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans on behalf of the Trust.
Such procedures  generally  include periodic  attempts to contact any delinquent
borrower by telephone and by mail,  commencing  at the tenth day of  delinquency
and  including  multiple  written  notices and  telephone  calls to the borrower
thereafter at specified times during any such  delinquency.  All telephone calls
and letters  are  automatically  registered,  and a synopsis of each call or the
mailing of each letter is noted in the  respective  Subservicer's  loan file for
the  borrower.  Each  Subservicer  is also  required  to  perform  skip  tracing
procedures on delinquent borrowers whose current location is unknown,  including
contacting  such borrowers'  schools and references.  Failure to comply with the
established procedures could adversely affect the ability of the Eligible Lender
Trustee, as holder of legal title to the Financed Student Loans on behalf of the
Trust,  to realize the  benefits of any  Guarantee  Agreement  or to receive the
benefits of Federal Assistance from the Department with respect thereto. Failure
to comply with certain of the established  procedures with respect to a Financed
Student  Loan may also  result  in the  denial  of  coverage  under a  Guarantee
Agreement for certain accrued  interest  amounts,  in  circumstances  where such
failure  has not  caused  the loss of the  guarantee  of the  principal  of such
Financed  Student  Loan.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Risk of Loss of  Guarantor  and
Department  Payments for Failure to Comply with Loan  Origination  and Servicing
Procedures for Student Loans".

     At  prescribed  times  prior to  submitting  a claim  for  payment  under a
Guarantee  Agreement for a delinquent Financed Student Loan, the Master Servicer
is  required  to  notify  the  applicable  Guarantor  of the  existence  of such
delinquency.  These  requests  notify the  Guarantors  of  seriously  delinquent
accounts and allow the Guarantors to make additional attempts to collect on such
loans prior to the filing of claims.  If a loan is delinquent  for 180 days, the
Master Servicer may file a default claim with the respective Guarantor.  Failure
to file a claim  within  270 days of  delinquency  may  result  in denial of the
guarantee claim with respect to such loan. The Master Servicer's failing to file
a guarantee claim in a timely fashion would constitute a breach of its covenants
and create an  obligation  of the Master  Servicer  to purchase  the  applicable
Financed Student Loan. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements
- -- Master Servicer Covenants".

The Financed Student Loans

     Set  forth  below in the  following  tables  is a  description  of  certain
additional  characteristics of the Financed Student Loans as of the Cutoff Date.


        Composition of the Financed Student Loans as of the Cutoff Date

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance(l) ...........

Number of Borrowers...................................

Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Borrower...

Number of Loans.......................................

Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Loan........

Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity(2) ......

Weighted Average Annual Interest Rate(3)(4)  .........

- ---------------  

(1)  Includes  in each  case net  principal  balance  due from  borrowers,  plus
     accrued interest thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,
     estimated to be $__________  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans as
     of the Cutoff Date.
   
(2)  Determined  from  the  Cutoff  Date  to the  stated  maturity  date  of the
     applicable  Financed Student Loan,  assuming  repayment  commences promptly
     upon  expiration  of  the  typical  grace  period  following  the  expected
     graduation  date and without  giving effect to any Deferral or  forbearance
     periods  that  may be  granted  in the  future.  See  "The  Federal  Family
     Education Loan Program".
    
(3)  Determined  using the interest  rates  applicable  to the Financed  Student
     Loans as of the Cutoff  Date.  However,  because all the  Financed  Student
     Loans effectively bear interest at a variable rate per annum,  there can be
     no assurance that the foregoing  percentage  will remain  applicable to the
     Financed  Student Loans at any time after the Cutoff Date. See "The Federal
     Family  Education  Loan  Program".   (4)  Exclusive  of  Special  Allowance
     Payments.   The  weighted  average  spread,   including  Special  Allowance
     Payments,  to the 91-day or 52-week T-Bill rate, as applicable,  was _____%
     as of the Cutoff Date.

  Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Loan Type as of the Cutoff Date


                                        Aggregate
                                       Outstanding           Percent of Pool
                         Number         Principal             By Outstanding
     Loan Type          of Loans        Balance(1)          Principal Balance
     ---------          --------        ----------          -----------------
Stafford Loans,
  Subsidized
Stafford Loans,
  Unsubsidized
SLS Loans
PLUS Loans
Federal
  Consolidation
  Loans

     Total

  - ---------------


(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $__________ as of the Cutoff Date.

                  Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by
                      Interest Rates as of the Cutoff Date

                                                 Aggregate  
                                                Outstanding   Percent of Pool
                                  Number         Principal     By Outstanding
  Range of Interest Rates (1)    of Loans       Balance(2)   Principal Balance
  ---------------------------    --------       ----------   -----------------
Less than 7.500%
7.500% to 7.999%
8.000% to 8.499%
8.500% to 8.999%
9.000% and above

                       Total
- -----------
   
(1)  Determined  using the interest  rates  applicable  to the Financed  Student
     Loans as of the Cutoff  Date.  However,  because all the  Financed  Student
     Loans effectively bear interest at a variable rate per annum,  there can be
     no assurance that the foregoing  information will remain  applicable to the
     Financed  Student Loans at any time after the Cutoff Date. See "The Federal
     Family FamilyEducation Loan Program".
    
(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $__________ as of the Cutoff Date.


                  Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by
                         Outstanding Principal Balance
                             as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     
                                                   Aggregate Outstanding     Percent of Pool
    Range of Outstanding             Number             Principal            By Outstanding
    Principal Balances(1)         of Borrowers         Balance(2)           Principal Balance
    ---------------------         ------------         ----------           -----------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>                      <C>                                                   
Less than $1,000
$1,000 to $1,999
$2,000 to $2,999
$3,000 to $3,999
$4,000 to $4,999
$5,000 to $5,999
$6,000 to $6,999
$7,000 to $7,999
$8,000 to $8,999
$9,000 to $9,999
$10,000 to $10,999
$11,000 to $11,999
$12,000 to $12,999
$13,000 to $13,999
$14,000 and above

                        Total
</TABLE>

  ---------------

(1)  Borrowers  generally  have  more than one  outstanding  loan.  The  average
     aggregate   outstanding   principal   balance  of  loans  per  borrower  is
     $__________,  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans, as of the Cutoff
     Date.

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $__________ as of the Cutoff Date.

            Distribution of the Financed Student Loans By School Type
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 
                                                 Aggregate Outstanding     Percent of Pool
                                   Number              Principal           By Outstanding
             School Type         of Loans             Balance(1)          Principal Balance
             -----------         --------             ----------          -----------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>                      <C>
2-year institutions                              
4-year institutions
Proprietary/Vocational
Not identified

                   Total

</TABLE>

  ---------------

(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from  borrowers,  plus accred  interest
     thereon,  estimated  to  be  $___________  as  of  the  Cutoff  Date  to be
     capitalized upon commencement of repayment.



                  Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by
           Remaining Term to Scheduled Maturity as of the Cutoff Date

                                            Aggregate    
    Number of Months                       Outstanding        Percent of Pool
 Remaining to Scheduled       Number        Principal          By Outstanding
       Maturity(1)           of Loans      Balance(2)        Principal Balance
       -----------           --------      ----------        -----------------

 Less than 24
 24 to 35
 36 to 47
 48 to 59
 60 to 71
 72 to 83
 84 to 95
 96 to 107
 108 to 119
 120 to 131
 132 to 143
 144 to 155
 156 to 167
 168 to 179
 180 to 191
 192 and above

      Total
- ---------------
(1)  Determined  from  the  Cutoff  Date  to the  stated  maturity  date  of the
     applicable  Financed Student Loan,  assuming  repayment  commences promptly
     upon  expiration  of  the  typical  grace  period  following  the  expected
     graduation  date and without  giving effect to any Deferral or  forbearance
     periods  that  may be  granted  in the  future.  See  "The  Federal  Family
     Education  Loan  Program".  (2)  Includes  net  principal  balance due from
     borrowers,   plus  accrued   interest   thereon  to  be  capitalized   upon
     commencement  of repayment,  estimated to be  $__________  as of the Cutoff
     Date.


             Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Borrower
                      Payment Status as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Aggregate
                                                            Outstanding         Percent of Pool
                                          Number             Principal           By Outstanding
     Borrower Payment Status(1)          of Loans           Balance(2)         Principal Balance
     --------------------------          --------           ----------         -----------------
 <S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>
 In-School
 Grace
 Deferral
 Forbearance
 Repayment
      First year in repayment
      Second year in repayment
      Third year or greater in
         repayment
Total
</TABLE>

- ---------------
   

(1)  Refers to the status of the  borrower of each  Financed  Student Loan as of
     the Cutoff Date; such borrower may still be attending school ("In-School"),
     may be in a grace period prior to repayment  commencing  ("Grace"),  may be
     repaying such loan  ("Repayment") or may have  temporarily  ceased repaying
     such loan through a Deferral ("Deferral") or a forbearance  ("Forbearance")
     period. See "The Federal Family Education Loan Program".
    
(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $___________ as of the Cutoff Date.
       
    Scheduled Weighted Average Months in Status of the Financed Student Loans
              by Current Loan Payment Status as the Cutoff Date(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Current Borrower Payment Status                              Scheduled Months in Status
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               In-School       Grace        Deferral     Forbearance     Repayment
<S>                                           <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
In-School
Grace
Deferral
Forbearance
Repayment
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  Determined  without  giving effect to any deferral or  forbearance  periods
     that may be granted in the future.

   Geographic Distribution of the Financed Student Loans as of the Cutoff Date


                                           Aggregate   
                                          Outstanding        Percent of Pool
                        Number             Principal          By Outstanding
      State(1)         of Loans            Balance(2)       Principal Balance
      --------         --------            ----------       -----------------
 Alabama
 Alaska
 Arizona
 Arkansas
 California
 Colorado
 Connecticut
 Delaware
 Florida
 Georgia
 Guam
 Hawaii
 Idaho
 Illinois
 Indiana
 Iowa
 Kansas
 Kentucky
 Louisiana
 Maine
 Maryland
 Massachusetts
 Michigan
 Minnesota
 Mississippi
 Missouri
 Montana
 Nebraska
 Nevada
 New Hampshire
 New Jersey
 New Mexico
 New York
 North Carolina
 North Dakota
 Ohio
 Oklahoma
 Oregon
 Pennsylvania
 Puerto Rico
 Rhode Island
 South Carolina
 South Dakota
 Tennessee
 Texas
 Utah
 Vermont
 Virgin Islands
 Virginia
 Washington
 Washington, DC
 West Virginia
 Wisconsin
 Wyoming
 Other

Total
- ---------------

(1)  Based on the permanent  billing  addresses of the borrowers of the Financed
     Student Loans shown on the Master Servicer's records as of the Cutoff Date.

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from  obligors,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $__________ as of the Cutoff Date.

         Distribution of Financed Student Loans by Date of Disbursement

                                                Aggregate  
                                               Outstanding    Percent of Pool
                                     Number     Principal      By Outstanding
        Disbursement Date(1)        of Loans    Balance(2)   Principal Balance
        --------------------        --------    ----------   -----------------
October 1, 1993 and thereafter
Pre-October 1, 1993

                Total

       
- ----------

(1)  Student Loans disbursed prior to October 1, 1993 are 100% guaranteed by the
     applicable Guarantor, and reinsured against default by the Department up to
     a maximum of 100% of the Guarantee Payments.  Student Loans disbursed on or
     after October 1, 1993 are 98% guaranteed by the applicable  Guarantor,  and
     reinsured against default by the Department up to a maximum of 98%.

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon,  estimated  to  be  $__________  as  of  the  Cutoff  Date  to  be
     capitalized upon commencement of repayment.

   
                    Distribution of Financed Student Loans by
               Number of Days of Delinquency as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       Aggregate     Percent of   Percent
                      Outstanding     Pool by     of Pool       Average     Weighted      Weighted       Weighted
Days        Number     Principal    Outstanding   by Number    Principal    Average       Average         Average
Delinquent   of        Balance(1)     Principal    of Loans     Balance     Interest       Margin     Remaining Term
             Loans                    Balance                                  Rate                   (in months) (2)
<S>          <C>       <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>   
Current.                    $          %            %             $           %          %
    
- -----------
   
31-60...
    
- -----------
   
61-90...
    
- -----------
   
91-120..
    
- -----------
   
Total...                    $          %            %             $           %          %
    
</TABLE>


- -----------

   
(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from  obligors,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $__________ as of the Cutoff Date.

(2)  Remaining term defined as period from Cutoff Date until loan maturity date.
    

     Each  of the  Financed  Student  Loans  provides  or will  provide  for the
amortization of the outstanding  principal balance of such Financed Student Loan
over  a  series  of  regular  payments.  Each  regular  payment  consists  of an
installment  of interest  which is  calculated  on the basis of the  outstanding
principal  balance of such Financed  Student Loan  multiplied by the  applicable
interest rate and further  multiplied by the period  elapsed (as a fraction of a
calendar year) since the preceding payment of interest was made. As payments are
received  in respect of such  Financed  Student  Loan,  the amount  received  is
applied  first to  interest  accrued to the date of payment  and the  balance is
applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.  Accordingly, if a borrower pays
a regular  installment before its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment
allocable to interest for the period since the  preceding  payment was made will
be less than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the
portion of the payment  applied to reduce the unpaid  principal  balance will be
correspondingly  greater.  Conversely,  if a borrower pays a monthly installment
after its scheduled due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable to interest
for the period  since the  preceding  payment  was made will be greater  than it
would have been had the payment been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of the
payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal  balance will be  correspondingly
less. In either case, subject to any applicable  Deferral Periods or Forbearance
Periods,  the  borrower  pays a regular  installment  until the final  scheduled
payment date, at which time the amount of the final  installment is increased or
decreased as necessary to repay the then outstanding  principal  balance of such
Financed Student Loan.


Insurance of Student Loans; Guarantors of Student Loans

   
     General. Each Financed Student Loan will be required to be guaranteed as to
principal and interest by the Pennsylvania  Higher Education  Assistance Agency,
an agency of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania  ("PHEAA"),  the New Jersey Higher
Education Assistance Authority, an agency of the State of New Jersey ("NJHEAA"),
the Connecticut  Student Loan Foundation,  an agency of the State of Connecticut
("CSLF"), the N.Y. State Higher Education Services Corporation, an agency of the
State  of New York  ("NYSHESC")  and the  United  Student  Aid  Funds,  Inc.,  a
non-profit corporation ("USAF")  (collectively,  the "Guarantors") and reinsured
by the  Department  under the  Higher  Education  Act and must be  eligible  for
Special Allowance  Payments and, with respect to each Financed Student Loan that
is not a SLS Loan or a Federal  Consolidation  Loan,  Interest  Subsidy Payments
paid by the Department.
    

     Guarantors for the Financed  Student Loans. The Eligible Lender Trustee has
entered into a Guarantee  Agreement with each of the Guarantors by which each of
the  Guarantors  has agreed to serve as  Guarantor  for certain of the  Financed
Student  Loans.  The following  table provides  information  with respect to the
portion of the Financed Student Loans guaranteed by each Guarantor:

    Distribution of Financed Student Loans by Guarantor as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Aggregate
                                                                      Outstanding      Percent of Pool
                 Name of Guarantor                       Number        Principal       By Outstanding
                                                        of Loans       Balance(1)     Principal Balance
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
Connecticut Student Loan Foundation
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Authority
New Jersey Higher Education Assistance Authority
N.Y. State Higher Education Services Corporation

United Student Aid Funds, Inc.
          

                       Total
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon,  estimated  to  be  $___________  as  of  the  Cutoff  Date  to be
     capitalized upon commencement of repayment.



     Pursuant to its  respective  Guarantee  Agreement,  each of the  Guarantors
guarantees payment of 100% of the principal  (including any interest capitalized
from  time to  time)  and  accrued  interest  for  each  Financed  Student  Loan
guaranteed by it as to which any one of the following events has occurred:

     (a) failure by the borrower  thereof to make monthly  principal or interest
payments on such Financed Student Loan when due, provided such failure continues
for a period of 180 days (except that such guarantee  against such failures will
be 98% of principal and accrued  interest for loans first  disbursed on or after
October 1, 1993);

     (b) any  filing  by or  against  the  borrower  thereof  of a  petition  in
bankruptcy pursuant to any chapter of the Federal bankruptcy code, as amended;

     (c) the death of the borrower thereof; or

     (d) the total and permanent  disability of the borrower thereof to work and
earn money or attend school, as certified by a qualified physician.

     When these conditions are satisfied,  the Higher Education Act requires the
Guarantors  generally to pay the claim within 90 days of its  submission  by the
lender. The obligations of the Guarantors pursuant to their respective Guarantee
Agreements are obligations solely of the Guarantors,  respectively,  and are not
supported by the full faith and credit of any state government.

     Each of the Guarantors  guarantee  obligations with respect to any Financed
Student Loan are  conditioned  upon the  satisfaction  of all the conditions set
forth in the applicable Guarantee  Agreement.  These conditions include, but are
not  limited  to, the  following:  (i) the  origination  and  servicing  of such
Financed  Student Loan being performed in accordance  with the Higher  Education
Act and other applicable requirements, (ii) the timely payment to the Guarantors
of the guarantee fee payable with respect to such Financed  Student Loan,  (iii)
the timely  submission to the Guarantors of all required  pre-claim  delinquency
status notifications and of the claim with respect to such Financed Student Loan
and (iv) the transfer and  endorsement of the promissory  note  evidencing  such
Financed  Student Loan to the  Guarantors,  upon and in connection with making a
claim to receive Guarantee  Payments thereon.  Failure to comply with any of the
applicable conditions, including the foregoing, may result in the refusal of the
Guarantors  to honor their  Guarantee  Agreements  with respect to such Financed
Student  Loan,  in the  denial of  guarantee  coverage  with  respect to certain
accrued interest amounts with respect thereto or in the loss of certain Interest
Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments with respect thereto.  Under the
Master Servicing Agreement,  such failure to comply would constitute a breach of
the Master  Servicer's  covenants  or,  under the Sale  Agreement,  the Seller's
representations  and  warranties,  as the  case  may be,  and  would  create  an
obligation  of the  Seller  or the  Master  Servicer,  as the  case  may be,  to
repurchase or purchase such Financed  Student Loan or to reimburse the Trust for
such non-guaranteed  interest amounts or such lost Interest Subsidy Payments and
Special  Allowance  Payments  with  respect  thereto.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and "-- Master Servicer Covenants".

     Set forth below is certain current and historical  information with respect
to each of the Guarantors in its capacity as a Guarantor of all education  loans
(including but not limited to law school loans) guaranteed by each of them:

   
     Guaranty Volume.  The following table sets forth the approximate  aggregate
principal  amount of federally  reinsured  education loans (including PLUS Loans
but excluding Federal  Consolidation Loans) that have first become guaranteed by
each Guarantor and by all guarantors in the federal fiscal years indicated:*
    


                     Stafford, SLS and PLUS Loans Guaranteed
                                  (in millions)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Federal
     Fiscal
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF         All Guarantors
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----         ---------------
      <S>                <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
      1992               $               $                $                $               $                $
      1993               $               $                $                $               $                $
      1994               $               $                $                $               $                $
      1995               $               $                $                $               $               **
      1996               $               $                $                $               $               **

</TABLE>

*    The  information  set forth in the table above for all  Guarantors has been
     obtained  from  the  Department  of  Education's  Guaranteed  Student  Loan
     Programs  Data Books  (each,  a "DOE Data Book") for Fiscal  Years 1992 and
     1993.  Information for PHEAA,  NJHEAA, CSLF, NYSHESC, and USAF was obtained
     from PHEAA NJHEAA, CSLF, NYSHESC, and USAF,  respectively.  The information
     for  "All  Guarantors"  for  1993  was  obtained  from  the  Department  of
     Education's  Loan Volume  Update.  The  information  set forth in the table
     above has not been  audited  or  independently  verified  for  accuracy  or
     completeness by the Seller, the Master Servicer or the Underwriters.
    

**   Not available.

   
     Reserve Ratio. Each Guarantor's reserve ratio is determined by dividing its
cumulative  cash reserves by the original  principal  amount of the  outstanding
loans it has agreed to guarantee.  The term "cumulative cash reserves" refers to
cash reserves plus (i) sources of funds  (including  insurance  premiums,  state
appropriations,  federal advances, federal reinsurance payments,  administrative
cost allowances,  collections on claims paid and investment earnings) minus (ii)
uses of funds  (including  claims paid to lenders,  operating  expenses,  lender
fees, the Department's  share of collections on claims paid,  returned  advances
and reinsurance  fees).  The "original  principal  amount of outstanding  loans"
consists of the original  principal amount of loans guaranteed by such Guarantor
minus (i) the original  principal amount of loans cancelled,  claims paid, loans
paid in full  and loan  guarantees  transferred  from  such  Guarantor  to other
guarantors,   plus  (ii)  the  original  principal  amount  of  loan  guarantees
transferred to such Guarantor from other  guarantors.  The following  table sets
forth the  Guarantors'reserve  ratios and the national average reserve ratio for
all guarantors for the federal fiscal years indicated:*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Federal
      Fiscal                                                                                              All
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF         Guarantors
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----         ---------
      <S>                <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
      1992               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1993               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1994               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1995               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1996               %               %                %                %               %                %
</TABLE>

    
       
   
*    The information set forth in the table above with respect to PHEAA, NJHEAA,
     CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF has  been  obtained  from  PHEAA,  NJHEAA,  CSLF,
     NYSHESC,  and USAF,  respectively  and the information  with respect to the
     national  average has been obtained from the Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993 DOE
     Data Books.  The above  information  with respect to PHEAA for fiscal years
     1993 and earlier  represents a restatement  of such  information  from that
     previously  supplied by PHEAA to the Department.  The restated  information
     corrects  certain  errors  in  the  cumulative  cash  reserves   previously
     reported,  which PHEAA has  indicated  resulted  from a failure to properly
     reflect in cumulative cash reserves all transactions which should have been
     reflected  in a  reconciliation  of its  sources  and  uses of  funds as at
     September 30 of the years indicated.  The restatement of these reserves did
     not  affect  PHEAA's   claims-paying   ability  during  these  years.   The
     information  set  forth  in  the  table  above  has  not  been  audited  or
     independently  verified for  accuracy or  completeness  by the Seller,  the
     Master Servicer or the Underwriters.
    

**   Not available.

   
     Recovery  Rates. A Guarantor's  recovery rate,  which provides a measure of
the effectiveness of the collection efforts against  defaulting  borrowers after
the  guarantee  claim has been  satisfied,  is determined by dividing the amount
recovered  from  borrowers by the Guarantor by the  aggregate  amount of default
claims paid by the  Guarantor  during the  applicable  federal  fiscal year with
respect to borrowers.  With respect to Stafford Loans only, the table below sets
forth the recovery  rates for each of the  Guarantors  and the national  average
recovery rates for all guarantors for the federal fiscal years indicated:*
    


                                  Recovery Rate
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Federal
      Fiscal                                                                                           National
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF          Average
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----         ---------
      <S>                <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
      1992               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1993               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1994               %               %                %                %               %                __**
      1995               %               %                %                %               %                __**
      1996               %               %                %                %               %                __**
</TABLE>


*    The information  set forth in the table above for the National  Average has
     been compiled from the DOE Data Book for Fiscal Year 1992.  Information for
     PHEAA, NJHEAA, CSLF, NYSHESC, and USAF, as applicable, was provided by each
     entity, respectively.  The information set forth in the table above has not
     been audited or independently  verified for accuracy or completeness by the
     Seller, the Master Servicer or the Underwriters.
    

**   Not available.

     [Loan  Loss  Reserve.  Neither  PHEAA,  NJHEAA,  CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and  USAF
maintains a  segregated  loan loss  reserve  with  respect to its  student  loan
guarantee  obligations.  In the event that a Guarantor  receives  less than full
reimbursement  of  its  guarantee  obligations  from  the  Department  (see  "--
Reinsurance"  above),  such  Guarantor  would be forced to look to its  existing
assets to satisfy any such guarantee obligations not so reimbursed.]

   
     Claims  Rate.  For  the  past  five  federal  fiscal  years,  none  of  the
Guarantors'  claims rates have  exceeded 5%, and as a result,  all claims of the
Guarantors have been fully  reimbursed by the Department.  See "--  Reinsurance"
above. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Guarantors will continue
to  receive  full  reimbursement  for  such  claims  (or the  full  98%  maximum
reimbursement  for loans  first  disbursed  on or after  October 1,  1993).  The
following  table sets forth the claims rates of each  Guarantor and the national
average for all guarantors for the federal fiscal years indicated:*
    


                                                    Claims Rate
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Federal
      Fiscal                                                                                              All
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF         Guarantors
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----         ---------
      <S>                <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
      1992               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1993               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1994               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1995               %               %                %                %               %                %
      1996               %               %                %                %               %                %
</TABLE>

*    The  information  set forth in the table above has been  obtained  from the
     Department  (with  respect to fiscal  years  1992) and from PHEAA , NJHEAA,
     CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF as applicable (with respect to fiscal years 1993,
     1994 and 1995).  The  information set forth in the table above has not been
     audited or  independently  verified  for  accuracy or  completeness  by the
     Seller, the Master Servicer or the Underwriters.
    

**   Not available.

     There can be no assurance that the claims rate experience of PHEAA, NJHEAA,
CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF for any future year will be similar to the  historical
claims rate  experience  set forth above.  See "Risk  Factors --  Dependence  on
Guarantors as Security for Financed Student Loans".

Maturity and Prepayment Considerations

   
     The rate of payment of principal of the Notes and the  Certificates and the
yield on the Notes and the  Certificates  will be affected by prepayments of the
Financed  Student  Loans that may occur as  described  below.  All the  Financed
Student  Loans are  prepayable  in whole or in part by the borrowers at any time
(including by means of Federal  Consolidation  Loans or consolidation loans made
under the Federal Direct Student Loan Program as discussed below) or as a result
of  a  borrower's  default,  death,  disability  or  bankruptcy  and  subsequent
liquidation or collection of Guarantee  Payments with respect thereto.  The rate
of such  prepayments  cannot be predicted  and may be influenced by a variety of
economic,  social and other factors,  including as described  below. In general,
the rate of  prepayments  may tend to increase  to the extent  that  alternative
financing   becomes   available  at   prevailing   interest   rates  which  fall
significantly below the interest rates applicable to the Financed Student Loans.
However, because many of the Financed Student Loans bear interest at a rate that
either  actually or  effectively  is  floating,  it is  impossible  to determine
whether  changes in  prevailing  interest  rates will be similar to or vary from
changes in the  interest  rates on the  Financed  Student  Loans.  To the extent
borrowers  of  Financed  Student  Loans elect to borrow  Consolidation  Loans or
obtain  consolidation loans under the Federal Direct Student Loan Program,  such
Financed  Student Loans will be prepaid.  See "The Federal Family Education Loan
Program -- The  Consolidation  Loan  Program".  There can be no  assurance  that
borrowers  will not  choose to obtain a  consolidation  loan  under the  Federal
Direct Student Loan Program. In addition,  the Seller is obligated to repurchase
any Financed Student Loan pursuant to the Sale Agreement as a result of a breach
of any of its  representations  and  warranties,  and  the  Master  Servicer  is
obligated to purchase any Financed Student Loan pursuant to the Master Servicing
Agreement  as a result of a breach of  certain  covenants  with  respect to such
Financed  Student  Loan,  in each case where such  breach  materially  adversely
affects the  interests  of the  Certificateholders  or the  Noteholders  in that
Financed  Student  Loan and is not cured within the  applicable  cure period (it
being  understood  that any such  breach  that does not affect  any  Guarantor's
obligation  to  guarantee  payment  of such  Financed  Student  Loan will not be
considered to have a material adverse effect for this purpose). See "Description
of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale of Financed  Student  Loans;
Representations  and Warranties" and "-- Master  Servicer  Covenants".  See also
"Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  --  Insolvency  Event"
regarding the sale of the Financed  Student Loans if an Insolvency  Event occurs
and " --  Termination"  regarding  the Seller's  option to purchase the Financed
Student  Loans when the Pool  Balance is less than or equal to 5% of the Initial
Pool  Balance  and the  auction of the  Financed  Student  Loans on or after the
Distribution Date.
    

     On the other hand,  scheduled  payments with respect to, and maturities of,
the Financed Student Loans may be extended, including pursuant to Grace Periods,
Deferral Periods and, under certain circumstances, Forbearance Periods. The rate
of payment of principal of the Notes and the  Certificates  and the yield on the
Notes  and  the  Certificates  may  also be  affected  by the  rate of  defaults
resulting in losses on defaulted  Student Loans which have been  liquidated,  by
the severity of those losses and by the timing of those losses, which may affect
the ability of the Guarantors to make Guarantee  Payments with respect  thereto.
In addition,  the maturity of certain of the Financed  Student  Loans may extend
beyond  the Class A-1 Final  Maturity  Date,  Class A-2 Final  Maturity  Date or
Certificate Final Payment Date.

     The rate of prepayment  on the Financed  Student Loans cannot be predicted,
and any  reinvestment  risks  resulting  from a faster  or slower  incidence  of
prepayment   of  Financed   Student   Loans  will  be  borne   entirely  by  the
Securityholders.  Such  reinvestment  risks may include  the risk that  interest
rates and the relevant spreads above particular interest rate bases are lower at
the time  Securityholders  receive  payments  from the Trust than such  interest
rates and such spreads would  otherwise have been had such  prepayments not been
made or had such prepayments been made at a different time.

     [The  following  tables  show the  percentages  of the  original  principal
balances of the classes of Securities that would remain  outstanding  after such
Distribution  Date under  various  scenarios  and their  corresponding  weighted
average lives.  For purposes of the tables,  it is assumed,  among other things,
that:  (i) the Closing Date for the  Securities  occurs on June __,  1997,  (ii)
distributions  on the  Securities  occur on the ___th date of each March,  June,
September and December,  regardless  of the day on which the  Distribution  Date
actually occurs,  (iii) no delinquencies or defaults in the payment of principal
and interest on the Financed  Student  Loans are  experienced,  (iv) no Financed
Student Loan is  repurchased  by the Seller or purchased by the Master  Servicer
for breach of representation  or warranty or otherwise,  (v) interest accrues on
each Financed  Student Loan at the  applicable  rate for such loan (based on the
characteristics  of the Financed Student Loans shown under "The Financed Student
Loan Pool"),  (vi) Special  Allowance  Payments accrue on each Financed  Student
Loan at the  applicable  rate for such loan and are received from the Department
__ days after the end of the  quarter,  (vii)  interest on  Subsidized  Stafford
Loans  currently not in repayment is received from the Department ___ days after
the end of the quarter,  (viii) interest on Unsubsidized Stafford [SLS and PLUS]
Loans currently not in repayment accrues monthly and is capitalized in the month
such loans enter  repayment,  (ix) prepayments on the Financed Student Loans are
received on the last day of each  Collection  Period,  (x) no  Financed  Student
Loans prepay  prior to entering  repayment,  (xi) once  entering  repayment,  no
Financed  Student  Loans enter an  In-school,  Grace,  Deferral  or  Forbearance
status,  (xii) the 91-Day  T-Bill  Rate is ___% and the 52 Week  T-Bill  Rate is
___%,  (xiii)  the Class A-1 Note Rate is ___%,  the Class A-2 Note Rate is ___%
and the Certificate Rate is ___%, (xiv) such rates do not change during the life
of the  Securities,  (xv) the Trust Fees are equal to _____,  (xvi) the Financed
Student  Loan pool  consists of _____  groups,  (xvii) the Reserve Fund is fully
funded on the Closing Date and  amortizes,  with a floor equal to the  Specified
Reserve Account Balance, and (xviii) the outstanding Securities are paid in full
on  the  earliest  permitted  Auction  Distribution  Date,  (collectively,   the
"Modeling Assumptions").]

     [The  prepayment  model used in the tables is the "CPR"  model.  This model
represents an assumed annual constant rate of prepayments each  [quarter][month]
relative to the then outstanding  principal  balance of the pool of the Financed
Student Loans for the life of such loans. CPR is not a description of historical
prepayment  experience or a prediction of the rate of prepayment of the Financed
Student Loans.]

              Percentage of Original Principal Balances Outstanding
                           and Weighted Average Lives

                                 Class A-1 Notes

  Date              0% CPR         ___% CPR       ___% CPR        ___% CPR
  ----                                                                    
Closing  Date
 09/25/97
 12/25/97
 03/25/98
 06/25/98
 09/25/98
 12/25/98
 03/25/99
 06/25/99
 09/25/99
 12/25/99
 03/25/00
 06/25/00
 09/25/00
 12/25/00
 -----------

 Weighted Average Life
     (Years)



                                 Class A-2 Notes

  Date              0% CPR         ___% CPR       ___% CPR        ___% CPR
  ----                                                                    
Closing  Date
 09/25/97
 12/25/97
 03/25/98
 06/25/98
 09/25/98
 12/25/98
 03/25/99
 06/25/99
 09/25/99
 12/25/99
 03/25/00
 06/25/00
 09/25/00
 12/25/00
 -----------

 Weighted Average Life
     (Years)


                                  Certificates

  Date              0% CPR         ___% CPR       ___% CPR        ___% CPR
  ----                                                                    
Closing  Date
 09/25/97
 12/25/97
 03/25/98
 06/25/98
 09/25/98
 12/25/98
 03/25/99
 06/25/99
 09/25/99
 12/25/99
 03/25/00
 06/25/00
 09/25/00
 12/25/00
 -----------

 Weighted Average Life
     (Years)




                    THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

General

     The  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program   ("FFELP")   (formerly  the
Guaranteed  Student Loan Program (the "Guaranteed  Student Loan Program")) under
Title IV of the Higher  Education  Act provides for loans to be made to students
or parents of dependent students enrolled in eligible  institutions to finance a
portion of the costs of attending  school.  If a borrower  defaults on a Student
Loan (as described herein), becomes totally or permanently disabled, dies, files
for  bankruptcy  or attends a school that closes prior to the student  earning a
degree,  or if the  applicable  educational  institution  falsely  certifies the
borrower's eligibility for a Student Loan (collectively,  "insurance triggers"),
the holder of the loan (which must be an eligible  lender) may file a claim with
the applicable  Guarantor.  Provided that the loan has been properly  originated
and  serviced,  the  Guarantor  pays the  holder  all or a portion of the unpaid
principal balance on the loans as well as accrued interest.  See"-- Guarantors."
Origination  and  servicing   requirements,   as  well  as  procedures  to  cure
deficiencies, are established by the Department and the Guarantors.

     Under the FFELP,  payment of  principal  and  interest  with respect to the
Student  Loans is  guaranteed  upon  occurrence  of an insurance  trigger by the
applicable  Guarantor and reinsured by the Department.  As described herein, the
Guarantors are entitled,  subject to certain conditions, to be reimbursed by the
Department  for all or a portion of Guarantee  Payments  they make pursuant to a
program of federal  reinsurance under the Act. See "-- Insurance and Reinsurance
of  Guarantors."  In  addition,  the  related  Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  as an
"eligible  lender" and the  "holder"  of the  Financed  Student  Loans under the
Higher  Education  Act on behalf of a Trust,  is  entitled  to receive  from the
Department  certain interest subsidy payments  ("Interest Subsidy Payments") and
special  allowance  payments  ("Special  Allowance  Payments")  with  respect to
certain Student Loans as described herein.

     Guarantors enter into reinsurance agreements with the Secretary pursuant to
which the  Secretary  agrees to reimburse  the Guarantor for all or a portion of
the amount  expended by the Guarantor in discharge of its  guarantee  obligation
with respect to default claims provided the loans have been properly  originated
and serviced.  Except for claims resulting from death,  disability or bankruptcy
of a borrower, in which case the Secretary pays the Guarantor the full amount of
the claim,  the amount of reinsurance  depends on the default  experience of the
Guarantor. See "-- Insurance and Reinsurance of Guarantors."

     In the event of a  shortfall  between the amounts of claims paid to holders
of  defaulted  loans  and  reinsurance  payments  from the  federal  government,
Guarantors  pay the claims from their  reserves.  These  reserves come from four
principal sources: insurance premiums they charge on Student Loans (currently up
to 1% of loan  principal),  administrative  cost  allowances from the Department
(payment of which is  currently  discretionary  on the part of the  Department),
debt  collection  activities  (generally,  the  Guarantor  may retain 27% of its
collections on defaulted  student  loans),  and  investment  income from reserve
funds. Claims which a Guarantor is financially unable to pay will be paid by the
Secretary or  transferred  to a financially  sound  Guarantor,  if the Secretary
makes the necessary determination that the Guarantor is so financially unable to
pay.

     Several types of guaranteed  student loans are currently  authorized  under
the  Act:  (i)  loans  to  students  who  pass  certain   financial  need  tests
("Subsidized  Stafford  Loans");  (ii)  loans  to  students  who do not pass the
Stafford need tests or who need additional  loans to supplement their Subsidized
Stafford  Loans  ("Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans");  (iii)  loans to  parents of
students  ("PLUS Loans") who are dependents and whose need exceeds the financing
available from Unsubsidized Stafford Loans and/or Subsidized Stafford Loans; and
(iv) loans to consolidate  the borrower's  obligations  under various  federally
authorized  student loan  programs into a single loan  ("Consolidation  Loans").
Prior to July 1, 1994 the Act also permitted loans to graduate and  professional
students   and   independent   undergraduate   students   and,   under   certain
circumstances,  dependent  undergraduate students who needed additional loans to
supplement their Subsidized Stafford Loans  ("Supplemental Loans to Students" or
"SLS Loans").

     The FFELP is subject to  statutory  and  regulatory  revision  from time to
time. The most recent revisions are contained in the Higher Education Amendments
of 1992 (the "1992 Amendments"),  the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1993
(the "1993  Act") and the Higher  Education  Technical  Amendments  of 1993 (the
"Technical  Amendments").  As  part  of the  1992  Amendments  the  name  of the
Guaranteed  Student Loan Program was changed to the FFELP. The 1993 Act contains
significant  changes  to the FFELP  and  creates a direct  loan  program  funded
directly by the U.S.  Department of Treasury  (each loan under such  program,  a
"Federal Direct Student Loan").

     Following  enactment of the 1992 Amendments,  Subsidized Stafford Loans and
Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans, PLUS Loans and Consolidation  Loans are officially
referred to as "Federal Stafford Loans," "Federal  Unsubsidized Stafford Loans,"
"Federal PLUS Loans" and "Federal Consolidation Loans," respectively.

   
     The description and summaries of the Higher  Education Act, the FFELP,  the
Guarantee Agreements and the other statutes,  regulations and documents referred
to in this  Prospectus d escribe or summarize  the material  provisions  of such
statutes, regulations and agreements. The Higher Education Act is codified at 20
U.S.C.  sec. 1071 et seq.,  and the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder can be
found at 34 C.F.R. Part 682. There can be no assurance that future amendments or
modifications  will not materially  change any of the terms or provisions of the
programs  described  in  this  Prospectus  or of the  statutes  and  regulations
implementing  these  programs.  See "Risk Factors -- Changes in Legislation  May
Adversely Affect Financed Student Loans and Guarantors."
    

Legislative and Administrative Matters

     The Higher  Education Act was amended by enactment of the 1992  Amendments,
the general  provisions  of which  became  effective  on July 23, 1992 and which
extend the  principal  provisions  of the FFELP to September 30, 1998 (or in the
case of borrowers  who have  received  loans prior to that date,  September  30,
2002, except that authority to make Consolidation Loans expires on September 30,
1998). The Technical Amendments became effective on December 20, 1993.

     The 1993 Act, effective on August 10, 1993,  implements a number of changes
to the federal guaranteed  student loan programs,  including imposing on lenders
or holders of guaranteed  student  loans  certain fees,  providing for 2% lender
risk sharing,  reducing reimbursement payments to Guarantors,  reducing interest
rates and Special  Allowance  Payments for certain loans,  reducing the interest
payable  to  holders  of  Consolidation  Loans and  affecting  the  Department's
financial  assistance  to  Guarantors,  including by reducing the  percentage of
claims the Department will reimburse  Guarantors and reducing more substantially
the premiums and default  collections  that  Guarantors  are entitled to receive
and/or retain. In addition, such legislation also contemplates replacement of at
least 60% of the federal guaranteed student loan programs with direct lending by
the Department by the 1998-99 Academic Year.

     The transition from the federal guaranteed student loan programs to the new
direct lending program has resulted in increasing  reductions  since 1993 in the
volume of FFELP Loans made under the existing  programs.  Such volume reductions
and other changes effected by the 1993 Act could reduce revenues received by the
Guarantors  that are  available  to pay claims on defaulted  Student  Loans in a
timely manner and have other adverse economic consequences to the Guarantors and
their  ability to pay claims.  Finally,  the level of  competition  currently in
existence in the  secondary  market for loans made under the  existing  programs
could be reduced,  resulting in fewer potential  buyers of the Student Loans and
lower  prices  available  in the  secondary  market  for  those  loans,  and the
liquidity provided by such market may be impaired.

Eligible Lenders, Borrowers and Institutions

   
     Lenders  eligible  to make  and/or  hold  loans  under the FFELP  generally
include banks,  savings and loan  associations,  credit  unions,  pension funds,
insurance companies and, under certain conditions, schools and Guarantors. First
Union-Pennsylvania is an eligible lender for the purpose of making Consolidation
Loans and holding Student Loans made under FFELP.
    

     A Student  Loan made under FFELP may be made only to  qualified  borrowers.
Generally,  a qualified borrower is an individual or the parent of an individual
who (a) has been  accepted  for  enrollment  or is enrolled  and is  maintaining
satisfactory progress at an eligible institution,  (b) is carrying or will carry
at least one-half of the normal  full-time  academic  workload for the course of
study the student is pursuing, as determined by such institution, (c) has agreed
to notify  promptly  the holder of the loan of any address  change and (d) meets
the application "need"  requirements for the particular loan program.  Each loan
is to be  evidenced  by an  unsecured  promissory  note signed by the  qualified
borrower.

     Eligible   Institutions   are   post-secondary   schools   which  meet  the
requirements set forth in the Higher Education Act. They include institutions of
higher   education,   proprietary   institutions   of   higher   education   and
post-secondary vocational institutions.

Financial Need Analysis

     Student Loans may generally be made in amounts,  subject to certain  limits
and conditions, to cover the student's estimated costs of attendance,  including
tuition  and  fees,  books,  supplies,   room  and  board,   transportation  and
miscellaneous  personal  expenses  (as  determined  by  the  institution).  Each
borrower must undergo a need  analysis,  which requires the borrower to submit a
need  analysis  form to a  multiple  data entry  processor  which  forwards  the
information to the federal central  processor.  The central processor  evaluates
the parents' and student's  financial  condition  under federal  guidelines  and
calculates  the  amount  that the  student  and/or  the  family is  expected  to
contribute towards the student's cost of education (the "family  contribution").
After receiving  information on the family  contribution,  the institution  then
subtracts the family  contribution  from its cost of attendance to determine the
student's eligibility for grants, Subsidized Stafford Loans and work assistance.
The difference between (a) the sum of (i) the amount of grants,  (ii) the amount
earned through work assistance and (iii) the amount of Subsidized Stafford Loans
for which the  borrower is eligible,  and (b) the  student's  estimated  cost of
attendance  (the "Unmet  Need") may be borrowed  through  Unsubsidized  Stafford
Loans.  Parents may finance the family  contribution  amount  through  their own
resources or through PLUS Loans.

Special Allowance Payments

     The Higher Education Act provides for quarterly Special Allowance  Payments
to be made by the Department to holders of Student Loans to the extent necessary
to ensure that such holder receives at least a specified market interest rate of
return on such loans.  The rates for  Special  Allowance  Payments  are based on
formulas  that  differ  according  to the type of  loans,  the date the loan was
originally  made or insured and the type of funds used to finance such a loan. A
Special  Allowance  Payment is made for each of the 3-month periods ending March
31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. The Special Allowance Payment equals
the  average  unpaid  principal  balance  (including  interest  permitted  to be
capitalized)  of all  eligible  loans held by such  holder  during  such  period
multiplied by the special allowance percentage. The special allowance percentage
is  computed by (i)  determining  the  average of the bond  equivalent  rates of
91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month  period,  (ii)  subtracting the
applicable  borrower interest rate on such loan from such average,  (iii) adding
the applicable  Special  Allowance  Margin (as set forth below) to the resultant
percentage, and (iv) dividing the resultant percentage by 4.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    <S>                                            <C>
    Date of Disbursement                           Special Allowance Margin
        Prior to 10/17/86                                   3.50%
        10/17/86 - 9/30/92                                  3.25%
        10/1/92 - 6/30/95                                   3.10%
        7/1/95 - 6/30/98                 2.50% (Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
                                          Loans, in school, grace or Deferral) 3.10%
                                       (Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, in
                                                repayment and all other loans)
</TABLE>

     Special  Allowance  Payments are  available on variable rate PLUS Loans and
SLS Loans as  described  below  under "PLUS and SLS Loan  Programs"  only if the
variable rate, which is reset annually based on the 52-week Treasury Bill, would
exceed the applicable maximum rate.

Origination Fees

     The eligible lender charges  borrowers an origination fee on Subsidized and
Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans and PLUS Loans equal to 3% of the principal balance
of each  loan.  The  amount of the  origination  fee may be  deducted  from each
disbursement  pursuant to a loan on a pro rata basis. No origination fee is paid
on Consolidation Loans.

     Lenders must refund all  origination  fees  attributable  to a disbursement
that was returned to the lender by the school or repaid or not delivered  within
120  days  of the  disbursement.  Such  origination  fees  must be  refunded  by
crediting the borrower's loan balance with the applicable lender.

Stafford Loans

     The Higher Education Act provides for (i) federal  insurance or reinsurance
of Subsidized  Stafford Loans made by eligible  lenders to qualified  borrowers,
(ii) Interest Subsidy Payments on certain eligible  Subsidized Stafford Loans to
be paid by the Department to holders of the loans in lieu of the borrower making
interest  payments,   and  (iii)  Special  Allowance  Payments  representing  an
additional subsidy paid by the Department to the holders of eligible  Subsidized
Stafford Loans (collectively referred to herein as "Federal Assistance").

     Subsidized Stafford Loans are loans under the FFELP that may be made, based
on need, only to  post-secondary  students accepted or enrolled in good standing
at an  eligible  institution  who are  carrying  at least  one-half  the  normal
full-time course load at such  institution.  The Higher Education Act limits the
amount a student  can borrow in any  academic  year and the amount he or she can
have  outstanding in the aggregate.  The following  chart sets forth the current
and historic loan limits.

                              MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNTS
                          Federal Stafford Loan Program
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       All                       Independent
                                                                  Students (1)                   Students(1)
                                                                  -------------     ----------------------------
                                                                   Base Amount       Additional
                                                                  Subsidized and    Unsubsidized
                                 Subsidized     Subsidized on    Unsubsidized on     only on or
  Borrower's Academic Level      Pre-1/1/87      or    after        or after            after         Total Amount
  -------------------------      ----------         ---------       ---------                         ------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>              <C>                 <C>             <C>    
                                                   1/1/87           7/7/93(2)           7/1/94(3)
Undergraduate (per year)            $2,500         $2,625            $2,625              $4,000           $6,625
   1st year                         $2,500         $2,625            $3,500              $4,000           $7,500
   2nd year                         $2,500         $4,000            $5,500              $5,000          $10,500
   3rd year and above               $5,000         $7,500            $8,500             $10,000          $18,500
Graduate (per year)                 $5,000         $7,500            $8,500             $10,000          $18,500
Aggregate Limit
   Undergraduate                   $12,500        $17,250           $23,000             $23,000          $46,000
   Graduate (including             $25,000        $54,750           $65,500             $73,000         $138,500
   undergraduate)
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(1)  The loan limits are  inclusive of both Federal  Stafford  Loans and Federal
     Direct Student Loans.

(2)  These  amounts  represent  the  combined  maximum  loan amount per year for
     Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans. Accordingly, the maximum amount
     that a student  may borrow  under an  Unsubsidized  Loan is the  difference
     between  the  combined  maximum  loan  amount and the  amount  the  student
     received in the form of a Subsidized  Loan. 

(3)  Independent  undergraduate  students,  graduate  students  or  professional
     students  may borrow  these  additional  amounts.  In  addition,  dependent
     undergraduate  students may also receive these  additional  loan amounts if
     the parents of such students are unable to provide the family  contribution
     amount and it is unlikely  that the  student's  parents  will qualify for a
     Federal PLUS Loan.

     The interest  rate paid by the borrower on a  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan is
dependent on the date the promissory  note  evidencing the loan is signed by the
borrower  except for loans made prior to October 1, 1992,  whose  interest  rate
depends on any outstanding borrowings of that borrower as of such date. The rate
for variable rate Subsidized  Stafford Loans  applicable for any 12-month period
beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, is determined on the preceding June 1
and is equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable  Maximum Rate or (b) the sum of
(i) the bond  equivalent  rate of 91-day  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final
auction held prior to such June 1 and (ii) the applicable Interest Rate Margin.

<PAGE>


                            Subsidized Stafford Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Date of Disbursement                 Borrower Rate                  Maximum Rate         Interest Rate Margin
    --------------------                 -------------                  ------------         --------------------
    <S>                           <C>                                     <C>
    09/13/83 - 06/30/88           8%                                      8%                    N/A
    07/01/88 - 09/30/92           8% for 48 months; thereafter,           8% for 48             3.25%
                                  91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         months, then
                                  Margin                                  10%
    10/01/92 - 06/30/94           91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         9%                    3.10%
                                  Margin
    07/01/94 - 06/30/95           91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         8.25%                 3.10%
                                  Margin
    07/01/95 - 06/30/98           91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         8.25%                 2.50% (in school,
                                  Margin                                                   grace or Deferral);

                                                                                           3.10% (in repayment)
</TABLE>

     The  Technical  Amendments  provide  that,  for fixed rate loans made on or
after July 23, 1992 and for certain loans made to new borrowers on or after July
1, 1988,  the lender must have converted by January 1, 1995 the interest rate on
such  loans to an annual  interest  rate  adjusted  each July 1 equal to (1) for
certain loans made between July 1, 1988 and July 23, 1992,  the 91-day  Treasury
bill rate at the final auction prior to the preceding  June 1 plus 3.25% and (2)
for loans made on or after July 23, 1992,  the 91-day  Treasury bill rate at the
final auction prior to the preceding  June 1 plus 3.10%,  in each case capped at
the applicable interest rate for such loan existing prior to the conversion. The
variable  interest  rate does not  apply to loans  made  prior to July 23,  1992
during the first 48 months of repayment.

     Holders of  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans are  eligible  to  receive  Special
Allowance  Payments.  The  Department  is  responsible  for paying  interest  on
Subsidized  Stafford Loans while the borrower is a qualified  student,  during a
Grace Period or during certain Deferral Periods.  The Department makes quarterly
Interest  Subsidy  Payments  to the owner of  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans in the
amount  of  interest  accruing  on  the  unpaid  balance  thereof  prior  to the
commencement of repayment or during any Deferral  Periods.  The Higher Education
Act provides  that the owner of an eligible  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan shall be
deemed to have a contractual right against the United States to receive Interest
Subsidy  Payments  and  Special  Allowance   Payments  in  accordance  with  its
provisions.  Receipt of Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments
is conditioned on compliance with the  requirements of the Higher  Education Act
and continued eligibility of such loan for federal reinsurance. Such eligibility
may be lost,  however,  if the  loans  are not held by an  eligible  lender,  in
accordance with the  requirements of the Higher Education Act and the applicable
guarantee  agreements.  See "-- Eligible Lenders,  Borrowers and  Institutions";
"Risk Factors -- Risk of Loss of Guarantor and  Department  Payments for Failure
to Comply with Loan  Origination  and Servicing  Procedures for Student  Loans";
"Formation  of the Trust -- Eligible  Lender  Trustee" and  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Procedures."

     Interest  Subsidy  Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments are  generally
received  within 45 days to 60 days after the end of any given calendar  quarter
(provided that the applicable claim form is properly filed with the Department),
although  there can be no assurance  that such payments will in fact be received
from the  Department  within that period.  See "Risk Factors --  Variability  of
Actual Cash Flows." The Master  Servicer has agreed to prepare and file with the
Department all such claims forms and any other required  documents or filings on
behalf of the Eligible Lender Trustee as owner of the Financed  Student Loans on
behalf of the Trust.  The Master Servicer has also agreed to assist the Eligible
Lender  Trustee in  monitoring,  pursuing and obtaining  such  Interest  Subsidy
Payments and Special Allowance  Payments,  if any, with respect to such Financed
Student  Loans.  Except under  certain  conditions  described  herein,  Interest
Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments will be remitted with respect to
such Financed  Student Loans within two business days of receipt  thereof by the
Master Servicer to the Collection Account.

     Repayment  of  principal  on a Subsidized  or  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan
typically does not commence  while a student  remains a qualified  student,  but
generally  begins upon expiration of the applicable  Grace Period,  as described
below.  Any borrower may voluntarily  prepay without premium or penalty any loan
and in connection  therewith may waive any Grace Period or Deferral  Period.  In
general,  each loan must be scheduled  for  repayment  over a period of not more
than ten years after the commencement of repayment.  The Act currently  requires
minimum  annual  payments of $600 including  principal and interest,  unless the
borrower and the lender agree to lesser  payments.  As of July 1, 1995,  lenders
are  required  to  offer  borrowers  a  choice  among  standard,  graduated  and
income-sensitive repayment schedules. These repayment options must be offered to
all new  borrowers  who enter  repayment on or after July 1, 1995. If a borrower
fails  to  elect  a  particular  repayment  schedule  or  fails  to  submit  the
documentation  necessary  for the  option the  borrower  chooses,  the  standard
repayment schedule will be used.

     Repayment of principal on a Subsidized or  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loan must
generally commence following a period of (a) not less than 9 months or more than
12 months (with  respect to loans for which the  applicable  interest rate is 7%
per annum) and (b) not more than 6 months  (with  respect to loans for which the
applicable  interest rate is 9% per annum or 8% per annum and for loans to first
time borrowers on or after July 1, 1988) after the borrower  ceases to pursue at
least a half-time  course of study (a "Grace Period").  However,  during certain
other periods (each, a "Deferral Period") and subject to certain conditions,  no
principal  repayments  need be made,  including  periods  when the  student  has
returned to an eligible  educational  institution  on a full time (or in certain
cases half time) basis or is pursuing studies  pursuant to an approved  graduate
fellowship  program,  or when the  student is a member of the Armed  Forces or a
volunteer  under the Peace Corps Act or the  Domestic  Volunteer  Service Act of
1973, or when the borrower is temporarily or totally disabled, or periods during
which the borrower may defer principal  payments because of temporary  financial
hardship.  For new borrowers to whom loans are first  disbursed on or after July
1, 1993,  payment of  principal  may be deferred  only while the  Borrower is at
least a half-time student or is in an approved graduate fellowship program or is
enrolled in a rehabilitation program, or when the borrower is seeking but unable
to find full-time employment,  or when for any reason the lender determines that
payment of principal will cause the borrower economic  hardship:  in the case of
unemployment or economic  hardship the Deferral is subject to a maximum Deferral
period of three years. The 1992 Amendments also require  forbearance of loans in
certain   circumstances  and  permit  forbearance  of  loans  in  certain  other
circumstances (each such period, a "Forbearance Period").

     The Unsubsidized Stafford Loan program created under the 1992 Amendments is
designed for borrowers who do not qualify for Subsidized  Stafford Loans and for
independent,  graduate and  professional  students whose Unmet Need exceeds what
they  can  borrow  under  the  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan  program.   The  basic
requirements for  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans are essentially the same as those
for  the  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans,  including  with  respect  to  provisions
governing the interest  rate,  the annual loan limits and the Special  Allowance
Payments. The terms of the Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, however,  differ in some
respects.  Specifically,  the federal  government does not make Interest Subsidy
Payments on Unsubsidized Stafford Loans.

     The borrower must either pay interest on a periodic basis beginning 60 days
after the time the loan is disbursed  or  capitalize  the interest  that accrues
until repayment  begins.  Effective July 1, 1994, the maximum  insurance premium
was set at 1%.  Subject  to the same  loan  limits  established  for  Subsidized
Stafford Loans,  the student may borrow up to the amount of such student's Unmet
Need. Lenders are authorized to make Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans applicable for
periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1992.

PLUS and SLS Loan Programs

     The Higher  Education Act also  provides for the PLUS  Program.  The Higher
Education Act authorizes PLUS Loans to be made to parents of eligible  dependent
students. The 1993 Act eliminated the SLS Program after July 1, 1994.

     The PLUS program permits parents of dependent  students to borrow an amount
equal to each student's  Unmet Need.  Under the former SLS program,  independent
graduate or professional students and certain dependent  undergraduate  students
were permitted to borrow subject to the same loan limitations.

     The first  payment of principal  and interest is due within 60 days of full
disbursement  of the loan except for  borrowers  eligible  for  Deferral who may
defer  principal and interest  payments  while  eligible for Deferral;  deferred
interest is then  capitalized  periodically or at the end of the Deferral period
under specific arrangements with the borrower.  The maximum repayment term is 10
years. PLUS and SLS loans carry no in-school interest subsidy.

     The interest rate determination for a PLUS or SLS loan is dependent on when
the loan was  originally  made or  disbursed.  Some  PLUS or SLS  loans  carry a
variable rate. The rate varies annually for 12-month periods beginning on July 1
and ending on June 30. The variable rate is  determined on the preceding  June 1
and is equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable  Maximum Rate or (b) the sum of
(i) the bond  equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills auctioned at the final
auction held prior to such June 1, and (ii) the applicable  Interest Rate Margin
as set forth below.

     A holder of a PLUS or SLS loan is  eligible  to receive  Special  Allowance
Payments  during  any  such  12-month  period  if (a) the  sum of (i)  the  bond
equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction held
prior to such June 1 and (ii) the Interest  Rate Margin  exceeds (b) the Maximum
Rate.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PLUS/SLS Loans
    Date of Disbursement             Borrower Rate                 Maximum Rate             Interest Rate Margin
    --------------------             -------------                 ------------             --------------------
<S>                               <C>                                   <C>                         <C>
   Prior to 10/01/81              9%                                    9%                           N/A
   10/01/81 - 10/30/82            14%                                   14%                          N/A
   11/01/82 - 06/30/87            12%                                   12%                          N/A
   07/01/87 - 09/30/92            52-Week    Treasury    +              12%                         3.25%
                                  Interest Rate Margin
   10/01/92 - 06/30/94            52-Week    Treasury    +           PLUS 10%                       3.10%
                                  Interest Rate Margin                SLS 11%
   After 06/30/94                 52-Week    Treasury    +              9%                          3.10%
   (SLS repealed 07/01/94         Interest Rate Margin
</TABLE>



The Consolidation Loan Program

     The Higher Education Act authorizes a program under which certain borrowers
may consolidate their various Student Loans into Consolidation  Loans which will
be insured and reinsured to the same extent as other loans made under the FFELP.
Under this program,  a lender may make a Consolidation Loan only if, among other
things,  (a) such lender holds one of the borrower's  outstanding  Student Loans
that is selected  for  consolidation,  or (b) the  borrower  has  unsuccessfully
sought a  Consolidation  Loan from the holders of the Student Loans selected for
consolidation.

     Consolidation  Loans are made in an amount  sufficient  to pay  outstanding
principal and accrued unpaid interest and late charges on all Student Loans made
under FFELP,  as well as loans made pursuant to various  other  federal  student
loan programs, which were selected by the borrower for consolidation. The unpaid
principal  balance  of a  Consolidation  Loan made  prior to July 1, 1994  bears
interest at a rate not less than 9%. The interest rate on a  Consolidation  Loan
made after July 1, 1994 is equal to the weighted  average of the interest  rates
on the loans  selected for  consolidation,  rounded  upward to the nearest whole
percent.  The holder of a  Consolidation  Loan made on or after  October 1, 1993
must pay the Secretary a monthly  rebate fee calculated on an annual basis equal
to 1.05 percent of the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on any such loan.

     The repayment  term under a  Consolidation  Loan varies  depending upon the
aggregate amount of the loans being  consolidated.  In no case may the repayment
term  exceed  30  years.  A  Consolidated  Loan  is  evidenced  by an  unsecured
promissory  note and entitles  the  borrower to prepay the loan,  in whole or in
part, without penalty.

Guarantors

     The  Higher  Education  Act  authorizes  Guarantors  to  support  education
financing and credit needs of students at post-secondary  schools. Under various
programs  throughout the United States,  Guarantors insure and sometimes service
and hold guaranteed  student loans.  The Guarantors are reinsured by the federal
government for 80% to 100% of claims paid,  depending on their claims experience
for loans  disbursed  prior to October 1, 1993 and for 78% to 98% of claims paid
for  loans  disbursed  on or  after  October  1,  1993.  See "--  Insurance  and
Reinsurance of Guarantors."

     Guarantors  may  collect  a  one-time  insurance  fee  of up  to 1% of  the
principal amount of each loan, other than  Consolidation  Loans, that the agency
guarantees.

     The Higher  Education  Act  requires  every state to designate a Guarantor,
either by establishing its own or by designating another Guarantor.  A Guarantor
who has been  designated by a particular  state is obligated to guarantee  loans
for students who reside or attend school in such state and must agree to provide
loans to any such  students who are  otherwise  unable to obtain a loan from any
other lender.  Guarantors may guarantee a loan made to any eligible borrower and
are not limited to  guaranteeing  loans for students  attending  institutions in
their  particular  state or region or for their residents  attending  schools in
another  state  or  region.  Certain  Guarantors  have  been  designated  as the
Guarantor for more than one state. Some Guarantors  contract with other entities
to administer their Guarantor program.

     Each Student Loan to be sold to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of
the Trust  will be  guaranteed  as to  principal  and  interest  by a  Guarantor
pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement between such Guarantor and the Eligible Lender
Trustee.

Insurance and Reinsurance of Guarantors

     A Student  Loan is  considered  to be in default for purposes of the Higher
Education Act when the borrower fails to make an  installment  payment when due,
or to comply with other terms of the loan,  and if the failure  persists for 180
days in the case of a loan repayable in monthly  installments or for 240 days in
the case of a loan repayable in less frequent installments.

     If the loan is guaranteed by a Guarantor, the eligible lender is reimbursed
by the Guarantor for 100% (98% for loans first  disbursed on or after October 1,
1993) of the unpaid  principal  balance of the loan plus accrued unpaid interest
on any loan defaulted so long as the eligible lender has properly originated and
serviced such loan.  Under certain  circumstances  a loan deemed  ineligible for
reimbursement may be restored to eligibility.

     Under the Higher  Education Act, the  Department  enters into a reinsurance
agreement with each Guarantor, which provides for federal reinsurance of amounts
paid to eligible  lenders by the  Guarantor  with  respect to  defaulted  loans.
Pursuant to such agreements,  the Department agrees to reimburse a Guarantor for
100% of the  amounts  expended in  connection  with a claim  resulting  from the
death,  bankruptcy or total and permanent disability of a borrower, the death of
a student whose parent is the borrower of a PLUS Loan or claims by borrowers who
received  loans on or after  January 1, 1986 and who are unable to complete  the
programs in which they are  enrolled due to school  closure or  borrowers  whose
borrowing  eligibility was falsely certified by the eligible  institution;  such
claims are not included in  calculating a Guarantor's  "claims  experience"  for
federal  reinsurance  purposes,  as set  forth  below.  The  Department  is also
required to repay the unpaid  balance of any loan if  collection is stayed under
the Federal  bankruptcy code and is authorized to acquire the loans of borrowers
who are at high risk of default and who request an alternative  repayment option
from the Department.

     With respect to FFELP loans in default,  the  Department is required to pay
the applicable Guarantor a certain percentage ("Reinsurance Rate") of the amount
such agency paid  pursuant to default  claims filed by the lender on a reinsured
loan. The level of such Reinsurance Rate is subject to specified reductions when
the total  reinsurance  claims paid by the  Department  to a Guarantor  during a
fiscal year equals or exceeds 5% of the aggregate  original  principal amount of
FFELP loans  guaranteed  by such agency that are in repayment on the last day of
the prior  fiscal  year.  Accordingly,  the  amount of the  reinsurance  payment
received by the Guarantor may vary. The  Reinsurance  Rates are set forth in the
following table.


       Guarantor's claims
   
          experience(1)      Applicable Reinsurance Rate(2)
           0% up to 5%       98% (100% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)
           5% up to 9%       88% (90% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)
    
           9% and over       78% (
   
                             80% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)
    

- -------------------------

(1)  The claims experience is not cumulative.  Rather, the claims experience for
     any given Guarantor is determined solely on the basis of claims for any one
     federal fiscal year compared with the original principal amount of loans in
     repayment at the beginning of that year.

(2)  Within  each  fiscal  year,  the  applicable  Reinsurance  Rate  steps down
     incrementally  with respect to claims made only after the claims experience
     thresholds are reached.

     On August 10,  1993  President  Clinton  signed the 1993 Act,  which made a
number of changes, including reducing to 98% the maximum percentage of Guarantee
Payments the  Department  will  reimburse for loans first  disbursed on or after
October 1, 1993,  reducing  substantially  the premiums and default  collections
that  Guarantors are entitled to receive and/or retain and giving the Department
broad  powers over  Guarantors  and their  reserves.  These  powers  include the
authority to require a Guarantor to return all reserve  funds to the  Department
if the  Department  determines  such  action is  necessary  to ensure an orderly
termination  of the  Guarantor,  to serve the best interests of the student loan
programs  or to ensure  the  proper  maintenance  of such  Guarantor's  funds or
assets.  The Department is also now authorized to direct a Guarantor to return a
portion of its reserve funds which the  Department  determines is unnecessary to
pay the program  expenses and contingent  liabilities of the Guarantor and/or to
cease any  activities  involving  the use of the  Guarantor's  reserve  funds or
assets  which  the  Department  determines  is  a  misapplication  or  otherwise
improper. The Department may also terminate a Guarantor's  reinsurance agreement
if the  Department  determines  that such  action is  necessary  to protect  the
federal   fiscal   interest  or  to  ensure  an  orderly   transition   to  full
implementation  of direct  federal  lending.  Certain of these changes  create a
significant  risk that the resources  available to the  Guarantors to meet their
guarantee  obligations  will  be  significantly   reduced.  In  addition,   this
legislation  greatly expands the Federal Direct Student Loan Program volume to a
minimum of approximately  60% of student loan demand in academic year 1998-1999,
which could result in  increasing  reductions  in the volume of loans made under
the FFELP. Such changes could have an adverse effect on the financial  condition
of the Guarantors  and on the ability of a Guarantor to satisfy its  obligations
under its Guarantee  Agreement with respect to the Financed  Student Loans.  See
"Risk Factors -- Changes in Legislation May Adversely  Affect  Financed  Student
Loans and Guarantors".

     In issuing  guarantees  with respect to Student  Loans,  each  Guarantor is
required by the Higher  Education Act to review loan  applications to verify the
completion  of  required  information  and to  make  a  determination  that  the
applicant  has not  borrowed  amounts  in excess of any  applicable  annual  and
aggregate limits imposed by the Higher Education Act.

     The 1992 Amendments  addressed industry concerns regarding the Department's
commitment to providing support in the event of Guarantor failures.  Pursuant to
the 1992 Amendments,  Guarantors are required to maintain specified reserve fund
levels.  Such levels are defined as 0.5% of the total attributable amount of all
outstanding  loans  guaranteed  by the agency for the fiscal  year of the agency
that begins in 1993,  0.7% for the agency's  fiscal year beginning in 1994, 0.9%
for the agency's  fiscal year beginning in 1995 and 1.1% for the agency's fiscal
year  beginning  on or after  January 1,  1996.  If (i) the  Guarantor  fails to
achieve  the  minimum  reserve  level  in any two  consecutive  years,  (ii) the
Guarantor's  federal  reimbursements  are  reduced to 80 percent  (or 78 percent
after  October  1,  1993) or (iii) the  Department  determines  the  Guarantor's
administrative  or financial  condition  jeopardizes  its  continued  ability to
perform its  responsibilities,  the  Department  must  require the  Guarantor to
submit  and  implement  a  management  plan to  address  the  deficiencies.  The
Department may terminate the  Guarantor's  agreements with the Department if the
Guarantor   fails  to  submit  the  required  plan,  or  fails  to  improve  its
administrative  or  financial  condition  substantially,  or if  the  Department
determines the Guarantor is in danger of financial collapse.  In such event, the
Department is authorized to undertake  specified actions to assure the continued
payment of claims,  including  making  advances to Guarantors to cover immediate
cash needs, transfer guarantees to another Guarantor,  or transfer of guarantees
to the Department itself.

     The Higher  Education Act provides  that,  subject to  compliance  with the
Higher  Education Act, the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged
to the payment of federal  reinsurance claims. It further provides that, subject
to compliance  with the Higher  Education  Act,  Guarantors are deemed to have a
contractual right against the United States to receive reinsurance in accordance
with its  provisions.  In  addition,  the 1992  Amendments  provide  that if the
Department  determines  that  a  Guarantor  is  unable  to  meet  its  insurance
obligations,  holders  of loans may  submit  insurance  claims  directly  to the
Department until such time as the obligations are transferred to a new Guarantor
capable of meeting such obligations or until a successor  Guarantor assumes such
obligations. There can be no assurance that the Department would under any given
circumstances  assume  such  obligation  to assure  satisfaction  of a guarantee
obligation by exercising its right to terminate a reimbursement agreement with a
Guarantor or by making a determination that such Guarantor is unable to meet its
guarantee obligations.

                      POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

         Each of the  "Class  A-1 Note Pool  Factor,"  the  "Class A-2 Note Pool
Factor"  and  the  "Certificate  Pool  Factor"  (each,  a  "Pool  Factor")  is a
seven-digit  decimal which the Administrator  will compute for each Distribution
Date  indicating the remaining  outstanding  principal  balance of each class of
Notes  or  the  remaining   Certificate  Balance,   respectively,   as  of  that
Distribution  Date (after giving effect to  distributions  on such  Distribution
Date), as a fraction of the initial outstanding  principal balance of each class
of Notes or the initial Certificate Balance, respectively. Each Pool Factor will
be  1.0000000 as of the Closing  Date,  and  thereafter  will decline to reflect
reductions in the  outstanding  principal  balance of each class of Notes or the
Certificate Balance, as applicable.  A Securityholder's portion of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes or the Certificate Balance,
as  applicable,  is the  product  of  (i)  the  original  denomination  of  that
Securityholder's Note or Certificate and (ii) the applicable Pool Factor.

     Pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Securityholders will
receive  quarterly  reports  concerning  the  payments  received on the Financed
Student Loans,  the Pool Balance,  the applicable  Pool Factor and various other
items of information. Securityholders of record during any calendar year will be
furnished  information for tax reporting purposes not later than the latest date
permitted  by  law.  See   "Description   of  the   Securities   --  Reports  to
Securityholders".

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

     Terms used in this  section  and not  previously  defined  and not  defined
herein are defined under  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements
- -- Distributions."

General

   
     The Notes will be issued  pursuant  to the terms of the  Indenture  and the
Certificates  will be issued  pursuant to the terms of the Trust  Agreement,  in
each case  substantially  in the form filed or  incorporated  by reference as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part. The
following  description  and  summaries  of  certain  terms  of  the  Notes,  the
Certificates,  the Indenture and the Trust  Agreement  describe or summarize the
material  provisions of such agreements.  Copies of the Notes, the Certificates,
the Indenture and the Trust Agreement will be substantially in the form filed or
incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which
this  Prospectus  is a part,  and the  provisions of the Indenture and the Trust
Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
    

     The Class A-1  Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes and the  Certificates  will each
initially be represented by one or more Notes and Certificates, respectively, in
each  case  registered  in the name of the  nominee  of DTC  (together  with any
successor depository selected by the Administrator,  the "Depository") except as
set forth below.  The Securities will be available for purchase in denominations
of $1,000 and integral  multiples thereof in book-entry form only. The Trust has
been  informed  by DTC that DTC's  nominee  will be Cede.  Accordingly,  Cede is
expected  to be the  holder  of  record  of the  Securities.  Unless  and  until
Definitive  Notes or  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued  under  the  limited
circumstances  described  herein,  no  Noteholder or  Certificateholder  will be
entitled to receive a physical  certificate  representing a Note or Certificate.
All references herein to actions by Noteholders or  Certificateholders  refer to
actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its participating organizations (the
"Participants") and all references herein to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to Noteholders or Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to DTC or Cede, as the registered  holder of the Notes or
the  Certificates,  as the case  may be,  for  distribution  to  Noteholders  or
Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto. See
"-- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

The Notes

     Distributions of Interest. Interest will accrue on the principal balance of
the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes at a rate per annum  (calculated  as
provided   below)  equal  to  the  Class  A-1  Rate  and  the  Class  A-2  Rate,
respectively.  Interest  will accrue from and including the Closing Date or from
the most  recent  Distribution  Date on  which  interest  has  been  paid to but
excluding the current  Distribution Date (each an "Interest Period") and will be
payable to the Noteholders on each Distribution Date. Interest accrued as of any
Distribution Date but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the next
Distribution  Date  together  with an amount equal to interest on such amount at
the  respective  Note  Interest  Rate.  Interest  payments  on the Notes for any
Distribution  Date will generally be funded from Available  Funds and amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Account remaining after the distribution of the Servicing
Fee for each  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date and of the  Trust  Fees for each
Distribution Date. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements --
Distributions" and "--Credit  Enhancement".  If such sources are insufficient to
pay the Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount for such Distribution Date,
such shortfall will be allocated pro rata to the Class A-1  Noteholders  and the
Class A-2 Noteholders  (based upon the total amount of interest then due on each
class of Notes).

     The "Class A-1 Rate" for each  Interest  Period will be equal to the lesser
of (a) the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period  (determined as set forth under
"--  Determination  of the T-Bill Rate") plus ___% and (b) the Student Loan Rate
for such Interest Period.  The "Class A-2 Rate" for each Interest Period will be
equal to the lesser of the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period  (determined as
set forth  under "--  Determination  of the T-Bill  Rate") plus ___% and (b) the
Student Loan Rate for such Interest Period. The Class A-1 Rate and the Class A-2
Rate are the "Note Interest Rates."

     The "Student  Loan Rate" for any Interest  Period will equal the product of
(a) the  quotient  obtained by dividing  (i) 365 (or 366 in a leap year) by (ii)
the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest Period and (b) the percentage
equivalent  of a  fraction,  (i) the  numerator  of which  is equal to  Expected
Interest  Collections for the Collection Period relating to such Interest Period
less the Trust Fees payable on the related  Distribution  Date and any Servicing
Fees paid on the two  preceding  monthly  Servicing  Payment  Dates  during  the
related Collection Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the Pool Balance.

   
     "Expected  Interest  Collections"  means,  with  respect to any  Collection
Period,  the sum of (i) the amount of interest accrued,  net of amounts required
by the  Higher  Education  Act to be paid to the  Department  or to be repaid to
Guarantors  or  borrowers,  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans for such
Collection  Period  (whether or not such interest is actually paid) and (ii) all
Interest  Subsidy  Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments  pursuant to claims
submitted by the Eligible Lender Trustee for such Collection  Period (whether or
not actually  received),  net of amounts  required to be paid to the  Department
with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans,  to the extent not included in (i)
above.
    

       
   
     Any   Noteholders'   Interest  Index   Carryover  that  may  exist  on  any
Distribution  Date will be payable to the Noteholders on that  Distribution Date
on a pro rata  basis,  based on the amount of the  Noteholders'  Interest  Index
Carryover  then owing on each class of Notes,  and any  succeeding  Distribution
Dates solely out of the amount of Available  Funds  remaining in the  Collection
Account on any such Distribution Date after  distribution of the Trust Fees, the
Noteholders'  Distribution Amount, the Certificateholders'  Distribution Amount,
the amount,  if any,  necessary  to be  deposited  into the  Reserve  Account to
reinstate the balance therein to the Specified Reserve Account Balance; provided
that (except on the final  Distribution  Date upon  termination of the Trust) no
amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account  (other than amounts in excess of the
Specified   Reserve  Account   Balance)  will  be  available  to  pay  any  such
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover.

     Distributions  of  Principal.  Principal  payments  will  be  made  to  the
Noteholders  on each  Distribution  Date in an  amount  generally  equal  to the
Principal  Distribution  Amount for such Distribution  Date, until the principal
balance of the Notes is reduced to zero.  Principal  payments  on the Notes will
generally be derived from Available Funds  remaining  after the  distribution of
the  Trust  Fees,  the  Noteholders'   Interest   Distribution  Amount  and  the
Certificateholders'  Interest Distribution Amount. In addition, in the event the
Financed  Student Loans are not sold pursuant to the auction  process  described
under  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Termination" on
or after the Auction  Distribution  Date on which the Pool Balance if the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Account is greater than the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance,  such excess will  generally be released  from the Reserve  Account and
distributed  to  Noteholders  as  an  accelerated  payment  of  principal.   See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions" and "--
Credit  Enhancement".  If such sources are  insufficient to pay the Noteholders'
Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date, such shortfall will be
added to the principal  payable to the  Noteholders  on subsequent  Distribution
Dates.  Amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will not be available to make
principal  payments on the Notes except at maturity or on the final Distribution
Date upon termination of the Trust.

     Principal  payments on the Notes will be applied on each Distribution Date,
first,  to the  principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes  until such  principal
balance is reduced  to zero and then to the  principal  balance of the Class A-2
Notes until such principal  balance is reduced to zero;  provided that following
the occurrence of an Event of Default and the exercise by the Indenture Trustee,
acting at the direction of the  Noteholders,  of remedies  under the  Indenture,
principal  payments on the Notes will be made pro rata,  without  preference  or
priority.  See " -- The  Indenture  -- Events of  Default;  Rights Upon Event of
Default." The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes will
be payable in full on the  __________  200__  Distribution  Date (the "Class A-1
Final Maturity  Date") and of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable in full on the
__________  20___  Distribution  Date (the  "Class  A-2 Final  Maturity  Date").
Although the maturity of certain of the Financed Student Loans may extend beyond
such  maturity  dates,  the  actual  date on  which  the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  and  accrued  interest  of the Class A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes are
paid may be earlier  than the Class A-1 Final  Maturity  Date or Class A-2 Final
Maturity  Date,  respectively,  based on a variety of factors,  including  those
described  above under "Risk Factors --  Prepayment,  Maturity and Yield Risks",
"Risk Factors -- Prepayment Risks Differ Between the Notes and the Certificates"
and "The Financed Student Loan Pool -- Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions".
    

The Certificates

     Distributions   of  Interest.   Certificateholders   will  be  entitled  to
distributions  in an amount equal to the amount of interest that would accrue on
the Certificate Balance at a rate per annum (calculated as provided below) equal
to the  Certificate  Rate.  Interest will accrue during each Interest Period and
will be payable to the  Certificateholders  on each Distribution Date.  Interest
distributions  due  for  any  Distribution  Date  but  not  distributed  on such
Distribution  Date will be due on the next  Distribution  Date  increased  by an
amount  equal to  interest  on such  amount at the  Certificate  Rate.  Interest
distributions  with respect to the Certificates for such  Distribution Date will
generally be funded from the portion of the  Available  Funds and the amounts on
deposit in the Reserve  Account  remaining  after the  distribution of the Trust
Fees and the Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution
Date.   See   "Description   of  the  Transfer  and   Servicing   Agreements  --
Distributions" and "-- Credit Enhancement -- Reserve Account".

     The "Certificate Rate" for each Interest Period will be equal to the lesser
of (a) the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period  (determined as set forth under
"--  Determination  of the T-Bill  Rates")  plus _____% and (b) the Student Loan
Rate for such Interest Period.

   
     Any  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover  that may exist on any
Distribution Date will be payable to the Certificateholders on that Distribution
Date and any succeeding Distribution Dates solely out of the amount of Available
Funds remaining in the Collection  Account on any such  Distribution  Date after
distribution  of the Trust  Fees,  the  Noteholders'  Distribution  Amount,  the
Certificateholders'  Distribution  Amount,  the amount, if any,  necessary to be
deposited  into the Reserve  Account to  reinstate  the  balance  therein to the
Specified Reserve Account Balance and any Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover;
provided that (except on the final  Distribution  Date upon  termination  of the
Trust)  amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account (other than amounts in excess
of the Specified  Reserve Account Balance) will not be available to pay any such
Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover.
    

     Distributions  of  Principal.   Certificateholders   will  be  entitled  to
distributions on each Distribution Date on and after which the Notes are paid in
full  in  an  amount  generally  equal  to  the  Certificateholders'   Principal
Distribution  Amount for such Distribution  Date.  Distributions with respect to
principal payments on the Certificates for such Distribution Date will generally
be funded from the portion of Available Funds  remaining  after  distribution of
the Trust Fees, any Noteholders' Distribution Amount and the Certificateholders'
Interest Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions"  and "-- Credit Enhancement
- -- Reserve Account".  [In addition,  in the event the Financed Student Loans are
not sold pursuant to the auction  process  described  under  "Description of the
Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --  Termination"  on or after the  Auction
Distribution  Date,  if the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account is greater
than the  Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance,  such excess will  generally  be
released and paid to the Certificateholders as accelerated principal payments as
described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Credit
Enhancement  -- Reserve  Account",  subject to the prior  payment in full of the
Notes.]  Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will not be available to make
payments on the Certificate  Balance except on the final  Distribution Date upon
termination of the Trust.

     The outstanding  principal  amount of the  Certificates  will be payable in
full on the ___________ 20___  Distribution Date (the "Certificate Final Payment
Date"). The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal and accrued
interest of the  Certificates  will be paid may be earlier than the  Certificate
Final  Payment Date,  however,  based on a variety of factors,  including  those
described  above under "Risk Factors --  Prepayment,  Maturity and Yield Risks",
"Risk Factors -- Prepayment Risks Differ Between the Notes and the Certificates"
and "The Financed Student Loan Pool -- Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions".

   
     Subordination of the Certificates.  On any Distribution Date  distributions
in respect of interest on the  Certificates  will be subordinated to the payment
of interest on the Notes and distributions in respect of the Certificate Balance
will be  subordinated  to the payment of  interest on the Notes  (other than any
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover) and principal of the Notes. Consequently,
on any Distribution Date,  Available Funds and amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account remaining after payment of the Trust Fees will be applied to the payment
of the Noteholders'  Interest Distribution Amount (but not to the payment of any
Noteholders'  Interest Index Carryover) for such  Distribution Date prior to any
distribution  thereof  to  Certificateholders.  Moreover,  no  distributions  in
respect of principal  of the  Certificates  will be made until the  Distribution
Date on or after  which the Notes  have been paid in full.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, if on any Distribution Date following all distributions to be made on
such Distribution Date the outstanding principal amount of the Notes would be in
excess of the sum of the outstanding  principal  balance of the Financed Student
Loans and any accrued but unpaid  interest on the Financed  Student  Loans as of
the last day of the  related  Collection  Period plus the balance of the Reserve
Account  on  such  Distribution  Date  following  such  distributions,  or if an
Insolvency  Event with  respect  to the Seller or an Event of Default  under the
Indenture has occurred and is  continuing,  amounts on deposit in the Collection
Account and the Reserve Account will be applied on such Distribution Date to the
payment of the Noteholders'  Distribution  Amount before any amounts are applied
to the payment of the  Certificateholders'  Distribution Amount. In addition, on
any  Distribution  Date,  Available  Funds  remaining after payment of the Trust
Fees, the Noteholders' Distribution Amount, the Certificateholders' Distribution
Amount,  the amount, if any,  necessary to be deposited into the Reserve Account
to reinstate the balance  therein to the Specified  Reserve  Account Balance for
such  Distribution  Date will be  applied  to the  payment  of the  Noteholders'
Interest Index Carryover prior to any distribution thereof to Certificateholders
to cover the  Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover.  Any portion of the
Certificateholders'   Interest   Distribution   Amount  not   received  on  such
Distribution  Date in connection  with such  subordination  will be treated as a
Certificateholders'  Interest  Shortfall to be paid on  succeeding  Distribution
Dates.
    

Determination of the T-Bill Rate

     "T-Bill Rate" means,  on any day, the weighted  average per annum  discount
rate  (expressed  on a bond  equivalent  basis and applied on a daily basis) for
91-day Treasury bills sold at the most recent 91-day Treasury bill auction prior
to such date, as reported by the U.S.  Department of the Treasury.  In the event
that the results of the auctions of 91-day  Treasury  bills cease to be reported
as provided  above,  or that no such auction is held in a particular  week, then
the  T-Bill  Rate in effect as a result of the last such  publication  or report
will  remain in effect  until such time,  if any,  as the results of auctions of
91-day Treasury bills shall again be reported or such an auction is held, as the
case may be. The T-Bill Rate will be subject to a Lock-In Period of six business
days.

     "Lock-In Period" means the period of days preceding any  Distribution  Date
during which the Note Rate or Certificate Rate, as applicable,  in effect on the
first day of such  period will  remain in effect  until the end of the  Interest
Period related to such Distribution Date.

     Accrued  interest on either class of Notes from and  including  the Closing
Date or the preceding  Distribution  Date, as  applicable,  to but excluding the
current  Distribution  Date is calculated by multiplying the principal amount of
such Notes by an "accrued  interest factor." This factor is calculated by adding
the  interest  rates  applicable  to each day on which  each  such Note has been
outstanding  since the  Closing  Date or the  preceding  Distribution  Date,  as
applicable,  and  dividing  the  sum by 365 (or by 366 in the  case  of  accrued
interest  which is payable on a  Distribution  Date in a leap year) and rounding
the resulting number to nine decimal places.

     The following table sets forth the accrued interest factors that would have
been applicable to any Note bearing interest at the indicated rates,  assuming a
365-day year:

                                                    Assumed Interest
                                                    ----------------

                                     Days          Rate On    Interest
           Settlement Date        Outstanding     The Notes    Factor
            ---------------       -----------     ---------   -------
     1st .........................     0           5.00000%  0.000000000
     2nd .........................     1           5.00000   0.000136986
     3rd .........................     2           5.00000   0.000273973
     4th .........................     3           5.00000   0.000410959
     5th*.........................     4           5.15000   0.000547945
     6th .........................     5           5.15000   0.000689041
     7th .........................     6           5.15000   0.000830137
     8th .........................     7           5.15000   0.000971233
     9th .........................     8           5.15000   0.001112329
     10th.........................     9           5.15000   0.001253425

  ---------------
*    First  interest  rate  adjustment  (91-day  Treasury  bills  are  generally
     auctioned weekly).

     The numbers in this table are examples given for information  purposes only
and are in no way a prediction of interest  rates on any Notes. A similar factor
calculated in the same manner is applicable to the return on the Certificates.

   
     The Administrator intends to make information concerning the current 91-day
Treasury Bill Rate and the accrued interest factor available  through  Bloomberg
L.P., but such  information may not become  available until several months after
the Closing Date.
    

The Indenture

     Modification of Indenture. With the consent of the holders of a majority of
the  outstanding  Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Trust  may  execute a
supplemental  indenture  to add  provisions  to,  or  change  in any  manner  or
eliminate  any  provisions  of, the Indenture  with respect to the Notes,  or to
modify (except as provided below) in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.

     Without  the  consent  of the  holder  of each  outstanding  Note  affected
thereby,  however, no supplemental indenture will (i) change the due date of any
installment  of  principal  of or interest  on any Note or reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in
which any Note or any  interest  thereon is  payable,  (ii)  impair the right to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding  payment,  (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate  amount of the
outstanding  Notes the consent of the holders of which is required  for any such
supplemental  indenture  or the consent of the holders of which is required  for
any waiver of compliance with certain  provisions of the Indenture or of certain
defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as provided for in the Indenture,
(iv) modify or alter the  provisions  of the  Indenture  regarding the voting of
Notes held by the  Trust,  the  Seller,  an  affiliate  of either of them or any
obligor on the Notes,  (v) reduce the  percentage of the  aggregate  outstanding
amount of the Notes the  consent of the  holders of which is  required to direct
the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust to sell or  liquidate  the
Financed Student Loans if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay
the principal  amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding  Notes,
(vi)  decrease the  percentage of the  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes
required to amend the sections of the  Indenture  which  specify the  applicable
percentage  of aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes  necessary to amend the
Indenture or certain  other  related  agreements or (vii) permit the creation of
any lien  ranking  prior to or on a parity with the lien of the  Indenture  with
respect to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as otherwise permitted
or  contemplated  in the  Indenture,  terminate the lien of the Indenture on any
such  collateral  or deprive the holder of any Note of the security  afforded by
the lien of the Indenture.

     The  Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee  may also  enter  into  supplemental
indentures,  without  obtaining the consent of  Noteholders,  for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of the  Indenture  or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights  of
Noteholders  so long  as  such  action  will  not,  in the  opinion  of  counsel
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee,  materially  and  adversely  affect the
interest of any Noteholder.

     Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default. An "Event of Default" with
respect to the Notes is defined in the  Indenture as consisting of the following
(except as  described  in the  remaining  sentences  of this  paragraph):  (i) a
default for five days or more in the  payment of any  interest on any Note after
the same becomes due and payable; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal
of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
payable;  (iii) a default in the  observance or  performance  of any covenant or
agreement of the Trust made in the  Indenture and the  continuation  of any such
default for a period of thirty days after  notice  thereof is given to the Trust
by the  Indenture  Trustee  or to the Trust  and the  Indenture  Trustee  by the
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;  (iv)
any  representation  or warranty  made by the Trust in the  Indenture  or in any
certificate  delivered  pursuant thereto or in connection  therewith having been
incorrect in a material  respect as of the time made, and such breach not having
been cured within thirty days after notice  thereof is given to the Trust by the
Indenture Trustee or to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of at
least 25% in  principal  amount of the Notes  then  outstanding  or (v)  certain
events of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or  liquidation of the Trust.
However, the amount of principal required to be distributed to Noteholders under
the  Indenture  on any  Distribution  Date is limited to the amount of Available
Funds and  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Reserve  Account  after  payment of the
Servicing Fee, the Administration Fee and the Noteholders' Interest Distribution
Amount.  Any such shortfalls on any Distribution  Date will be carried over as a
Noteholders'  Principal  Shortfall to be paid on succeeding  Distribution Dates.
Therefore, the failure to pay principal on the Class A-1 Notes may not result in
the  occurrence of an Event of Default  until the Class A-1 Final  Maturity Date
and the  failure to pay  principal  on the Class A-2 Notes may not result in the
occurrence  of an Event of Default until the Class A-2 Final  Maturity  Date. In
addition, the failure to pay the aggregate amount of Noteholders' Interest Index
Carryover  as a result of  insufficient  Available  Funds will not result in the
occurrence of an Event of Default.

     If an Event of Default  should occur and be continuing  with respect to the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then  outstanding may declare the principal of the Notes to be immediately
due and payable.  Such declaration may be rescinded by the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at any time prior to the entry
of  judgment  for the  payment  of such  amount if (i) the Trust has paid to the
Indenture  Trustee a sum equal to all amounts then due with respect to the Notes
(without  giving  effect to such  acceleration)  and (ii) all  Events of Default
(other than  nonpayment of amounts due solely as a result of such  acceleration)
have been cured or waived.

     If the Notes have been declared to be due and payable following an Event of
Default with respect  thereto,  the  Indenture  Trustee may, in its  discretion,
either require the Eligible  Lender Trustee to sell the Financed  Student Loans,
or elect to have the Eligible Lender Trustee maintain possession of the Financed
Student  Loans and continue to apply  collections  with respect to such Financed
Student Loans as if there had been no declaration of acceleration.  In addition,
the Indenture  Trustee is prohibited  from directing the Eligible Lender Trustee
to sell the Financed  Student Loans following an Event of Default,  other than a
default in the  payment of any  principal  or a default for five days or more in
the  payment  of any  interest  on any  Note,  unless  (i)  the  holders  of all
outstanding  Notes  consent to such  sale,  (ii) the  proceeds  of such sale are
sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the  accrued  interest  on the
outstanding  Notes  at the  date of such  sale or (iii)  the  Indenture  Trustee
determines  that the  collections  on the  Financed  Student  Loans would not be
sufficient  on an  ongoing  basis  to make  all  payments  on the  Notes as such
payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of 66 2/3%
of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. If the proceeds
of any such sale are insufficient to pay the then  outstanding  principal amount
of the Notes and any accrued interest, such proceeds shall be distributed to the
Holders of Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes on a pro rata basis, based on the
amount then owing on each class of Notes.

     Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture  Trustee,  if an Event of Default should occur and be continuing  with
respect to the Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction of any of the holders of Notes,  if the Indenture  Trustee  reasonably
believes it will not be adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and
liabilities  which  might be  incurred  by it in  complying  with such  request.
Subject to such provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained
in  the  Indenture,  the  holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of the
outstanding  Notes will have the right to direct  the time,  method and place of
conducting any proceeding or any remedy  available to the Indenture  Trustee and
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may,
in certain cases,  waive any default with respect  thereto,  except a default in
the  payment of  principal  or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes.

     No holder of any Note will have the right to institute any proceeding  with
respect to the  Indenture,  unless (i) such holder  previously  has given to the
Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing  Event of Default,  (ii) the
holders of not less than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes have
requested in writing that the Indenture Trustee institute such proceeding in its
own name as  Indenture  Trustee,  (iii) such holder or holders  have offered the
Indenture Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction  inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  holders  of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes.

     In addition,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders will covenant that
they  will  not  at  any  time  institute  against  the  Trust  any  bankruptcy,
reorganization  or other  proceeding  under any Federal or state  bankruptcy  or
similar law.

     None of the Indenture Trustee,  the Seller,  the Administrator,  the Master
Servicer or the Eligible  Lender  Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  nor any
holder of a Certificate representing an ownership interest in the Trust, nor any
of  their  respective  owners,   beneficiaries,   agents,  officers,  directors,
employees, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to
the  contrary,  be  personally  liable for the  payment of the  principal  of or
interest  on the  Notes or for the  agreements  of the  Trust  contained  in the
Indenture.

   
     Certain  Covenants.  The Trust may not  consolidate  with or merge into any
other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or
merger  is  organized  under  the laws of the  United  States,  any state or the
District of Columbia,  (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation
to make  due and  punctual  payments  upon  the  Notes  and the  performance  or
observance  of every  agreement  and covenant of the Trust under the  Indenture,
(iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing  immediately after such
merger or consolidation,  (iv) the Trust has been advised that the rating of the
Notes and the  Certificates  would not be  reduced  or  withdrawn  by the Rating
Agencies  as a result  of such  merger  or  consolidation  and (v) the Trust has
received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation  or merger
would have no material  adverse federal or Delaware state tax consequence to the
Trust or to any Certificateholder or Noteholder.
    

     The Trust will not, among other things,  (i) except as expressly  permitted
by the  Indenture,  the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  or certain  related
documents (collectively,  the "Related Documents"),  sell, transfer, exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Trust, (ii) claim any credit on or
make any deduction  from the  principal  and interest  payable in respect of the
Notes (other than amounts  withheld  under the Code or applicable  state law) or
assert any claim  against any present or former  holder of Notes  because of the
payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the Trust, (iii) except as contemplated
by the Related Documents, dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit
the  validity or  effectiveness  of the  Indenture  to be impaired or permit any
person to be released  from any  covenants  or  obligations  with respect to the
Notes under the Indenture  except as may be expressly  permitted  thereby or (v)
permit any lien, charge,  excise,  claim,  security interest,  mortgage or other
encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise  arise upon or burden the
assets of the Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds
thereof, except as expressly permitted by the Related Documents.

     The Trust may not engage in any activity other than financing,  purchasing,
owning,  selling and managing the Financed Student Loans and the other assets of
the Trust in the manner  contemplated  by the Related  Documents and  activities
incidental thereto.

     The Trust will not incur,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness  other than
indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to the Notes and the  Indenture or otherwise in
accordance with the Related Documents.

     Annual  Compliance  Statement.  The Trust will be required to file annually
with the  Indenture  Trustee a written  statement as to the  fulfillment  of its
obligations under the Indenture.

     Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report.  The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  Noteholders  a brief  report  relating to, among other
things,  its eligibility and  qualification to continue as the Indenture Trustee
under the Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount,
interest  rate and maturity date of certain  indebtedness  owing by the Trust to
the  Indenture  Trustee  in its  individual  capacity,  the  property  and funds
physically held by the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that
materially affects the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

     Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged
with  respect to the  collateral  securing  the Notes upon the  delivery  to the
Indenture   Trustee  for   cancellation  of  all  the  Notes  or,  with  certain
limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the
payment in full of all the Notes.

   
     The  Indenture   Trustee.   Bankers  Trust  Company,  a  New  York  banking
corporation,  will be the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  The Seller and
its  affiliates  may  maintain  normal  commercial  banking  relations  with the
Indenture Trustee.

     Fees. In  consideration  for its performance of its  obligations  under the
Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to receive Datcompensation for
its services in accordance with a separate  agreement  between the Administrator
and the Indenture Trustee.
    

Book-Entry Registration

     Persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests  in the Notes may hold
their  interests  through The  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC") in the United
States  or Cedel  or  Euroclear  in  Europe  and  persons  acquiring  beneficial
ownership  interests in the Certificates  may hold their interests  through DTC.
Securities  will be registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede") as nominee for
DTC. Cedel and Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions with respect to the Notes
on behalf of Cedel  Participants and the Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,
through  customers'  securities  accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's name on the
books of their respective depositaries (collectively,  the "Depositaries") which
in turn  will hold such  positions  in  customers'  securities  accounts  in the
Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.

     DTC is a limited  purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within  the  meaning of the New York UCC and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities  for  its  participating   organizations   ("Participants")   and  to
facilitate  the clearance and  settlement  of  securities  transactions  between
Participants through electronic  book-entries,  thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates.  Participants  include securities brokers and
dealers,  banks, trust companies and clearing  corporations.  Indirect access to
the DTC system also is available to others such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

     Securityholders  that are not  Participants  or Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests
in, Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. In
addition,  Securityholders  will  receive all  distributions  of  principal  and
interest  from  the  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  as
applicable  (the  "Applicable  Trustee"),   through  Participants  and  Indirect
Participants.  Under a book-entry  format,  Securityholders  may experience some
delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the
Applicable  Trustee to Cede,  as nominee for DTC. DTC will forward such payments
to its Participants, which thereafter will forward them to Indirect Participants
or   Securityholders.   It  is  anticipated  that  the  only   "Securityholder",
"Certificateholder"   and  "Noteholder"  will  be  Cede,  as  nominee  for  DTC.
Securityholders  will not be recognized by the Applicable Trustee as Noteholders
or  Certificateholders'  as such terms are used in the  Indenture  and the Trust
Agreement, respectively, and Securityholders will be permitted to exercise their
rights only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.

     Transfers  between  DTC  Participants  will  occur in the  ordinary  way in
accordance with DTC Rules.  Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants  will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable
rules and operating procedures.

     Because of time-zone  differences,  credits of securities received in Cedel
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a DTC  Participant  will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or Cedel  Participants on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant
or a Euroclear  Participant to a DTC Participant  will be received with value on
the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Cedel or Euroclear
cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding Notes directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depositary;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadlines  (European  time). The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.

     Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to make  book-entry  transfers of
Securities  among  Participants  on whose  behalf  it acts with  respect  to the
Securities  and to receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of, and
interest on, the Securities.  Participants and Indirect  Participants with which
Securityholders  have  accounts  with respect to the  Securities  similarly  are
required to make book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf   of   their   respective    Securityholders.    Accordingly,    although
Securityholders  will not possess  Securities,  the Rules provide a mechanism by
which  Participants  will receive  payments  and will be able to transfer  their
interests.

     Because  DTC can only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect   Participants   and  certain  banks,   the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  to  pledge  Securities  to  persons  or  entities  that  do  not
participate  in the  DTC  system,  or to  otherwise  act  with  respect  to such
Securities,  may be limited due to the lack of a physical  certificate  for such
Securities.

     Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme  ("Cedel") is  incorporated  under the laws of
Luxembourg  as  a  professional  depository.  Cedel  holds  securities  for  its
participating organizations ("Cedel Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement of securities  transactions  between Cedel  Participants  through
electronic  book-entry  changes  in  accounts  of  Cedel  Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.  Transactions may be
settled in Cedel in any of 32 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedel
provides  to  its  Cedel   Participants,   among  other  things,   services  for
safekeeping,  administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing.  Cedel interfaces with domestic
markets in several countries. As a professional depository,  Cedel is subject to
regulation  by  the  Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.   Cedel  Participants  are
recognized  financial  institutions  around  the world  including  underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain  other  organizations  and may include any  underwriters,  agents or
dealers with respect to the Notes offered  hereby.  Indirect  access to Cedel is
also available to others,  such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust companies
that  clear  through  or  maintain  a  custodial   relationship   with  a  Cedel
Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear   System  was  created  in  1968  to  hold   securities  for
participants of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and
settle  transactions   between  Euroclear   Participants   through  simultaneous
electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for
physical  movement  of  certificates  and any  risk  from  lack of  simultaneous
transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions  may now be settled in any of 32
currencies,  including  United States  dollars.  The Euroclear  System  includes
various  other  services,   including   securities  lending  and  borrowing  and
interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries  generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market  transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is  operated  by Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company of New York,  Brussels,
Belgium office (the "Euroclear  Operator" or  "Euroclear"),  under contract with
Euroclear  Clearance  Systems,  S.C.,  a Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative  establishes
policy for the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear  Participants.  Euroclear
Participants  include banks (including  central banks),  securities  brokers and
dealers  and other  professional  financial  intermediaries  and may include any
underwriters,  agents or  dealers  with  respect  to the Notes  offered  hereby.
Indirect  access to the Euroclear  System is also  available to other firms that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant,
either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System and  receipts of payments  with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System.  All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear  Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of Notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depositary's  ability to effect such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

     DTC has advised the Administrator that it will take any action permitted to
be taken by a Securityholder under the Indenture or the Trust Agreement,  as the
case may be, only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose accounts
with DTC the  Securities  are credited.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with
respect to other  undivided  interests to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

     Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear  have agreed to the foregoing  procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Notes among Participants of
DTC, Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

     NEITHER THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER, THE ADMINISTRATOR,  THE
ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE,  THE INDENTURE  TRUSTEE NOR THE UNDERWRITERS  WILL HAVE
ANY  EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS  OR THE PERSONS FOR WHOM THEY ACT AS NOMINEES  WITH
RESPECT TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF ANY RECORDS MAINTAINED BY DTC, CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR
OR  ANY  PARTICIPANT,  (2)  THE  PAYMENT  BY  DTC,  CEDEL  OR  EUROCLEAR  OR ANY
PARTICIPANT  OF ANY  AMOUNT  DUE TO  ANY  BENEFICIAL  OWNER  IN  RESPECT  OF THE
PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OR  INTEREST  ON THE  SECURITIES,  (3)  THE  DELIVERY  BY ANY
PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL  PARTICIPANT  OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANT OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY
BENEFICIAL OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE
OR THE TRUST  AGREEMENT TO BE GIVEN TO  SECURITYHOLDERS  OR (4) ANY OTHER ACTION
TAKEN BY DTC AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.

Definitive Securities

     The Notes and the Certificates will initially be issued in book-entry form.
The Notes and the Certificates will be issued in fully registered,  certificated
form  ("Definitive  Notes"  and  "Definitive  Certificates",  respectively,  and
collectively  referred to herein as "Definitive  Securities")  to Noteholders or
Certificateholders  or  their  respective  nominees,  rather  than to DTC or its
nominee, only if (i) the Administrator advises the Applicable Trustee in writing
that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities
as depository with respect to the Securities and the  Administrator is unable to
locate a qualified successor,  (ii) the Administrator,  at its option, elects to
terminate the book-entry  system through DTC or (iii) after the occurrence of an
Event of  Default,  a  Master  Servicer  Default  or an  Administrator  Default,
Securityholders  representing at least a majority of the  outstanding  principal
amount  of the  Notes  or the  Certificates,  as the  case  may be,  advise  the
Applicable  Trustee through DTC in writing that the continuation of a book-entry
system  through  DTC (or a  successor  thereto)  with  respect  to such Notes or
Certificates  is no  longer  in  the  best  interest  of  the  holders  of  such
Securities.

     Upon the  occurrence of any event  described in the  immediately  preceding
paragraph,  the  Applicable  Trustee  will be required to notify all  applicable
Securityholders   through   Participants  of  the   availability  of  Definitive
Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive  security  representing the
corresponding  Securities and receipt of instructions for  re-registration,  the
Applicable Trustee will reissue such Securities as Definitive Securities to such
Securityholders.

     Distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Definitive  Securities
will  thereafter  be made by the  Applicable  Trustee  in  accordance  with  the
procedures  set forth in the Indenture or the Trust  Agreement,  as the case may
be,  directly to holders of Definitive  Securities in whose names the Definitive
Securities  were  registered  at the close of business on the Record Date.  Such
distributions  will be made by check  mailed to the address of such holder as it
appears on the register maintained by the Applicable Trustee.  The final payment
on any such Definitive  Security,  however,  will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of such Definitive  Security at the office or agency  specified in
the notice of final distribution to Securityholders.

     Definitive  Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the  Applicable  Trustee or of a  registrar  named in a notice  delivered  to
holders of  Definitive  Securities.  No service  charge  will be imposed for any
registration  of transfer or exchange,  but the  Applicable  Trustee may require
payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any tax or other  governmental  charge
imposed in connection therewith.

List of Securityholders

     Three  or more  holders  of the  Notes  or one or  more  holders  of  Notes
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of
the Notes may, by written request to the Indenture Trustee, obtain access to the
list of all Noteholders  maintained by the Indenture  Trustee for the purpose of
communicating  with other  Noteholders  with  respect to their  rights under the
Indenture  or the  Notes.  The  Indenture  Trustee  may elect not to afford  the
requesting  Noteholders  access to the list of  Noteholders if it agrees to mail
the  desired  communication  or  proxy,  on  behalf  and at the  expense  of the
requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders.

     Three or more  Certificateholders  or one or more  holders of  Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate  Balance may, by written request
to  the   Eligible   Lender   Trustee,   obtain   access  to  the  list  of  all
Certificateholders    for   the    purpose   of    communicating    with   other
Certificateholders  with respect to their  rights  under the Trust  Agreement or
under the Certificates.

Reports to Securityholders

     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the  Applicable  Trustee  will  provide  to
Securityholders  of record as of the related  Record  Date a  statement  setting
forth  substantially  the same  information as is required to be provided on the
related  quarterly  report  provided  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Trust
described under "Description of Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Statements
to Indenture Trustee and Trust".

   
     Within the prescribed  period of time for tax reporting  purposes after the
end of each  calendar  year  during  the  term  of the  Indenture  or the  Trust
Agreement,  as the case may be, the Applicable  Trustee will mail to each person
who at any time during such calendar year was a Securityholder  and received any
payment thereon, a statement  containing certain information for the purposes of
such  Securityholder's  preparation of federal income tax returns. See "Material
Federal Income Tax Consequences".
    


              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

General

   
     The following is a summary of certain terms of the Sale Agreement, pursuant
to which the Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust will  purchase the
Financed Student Loans; the Master Servicing  Agreement,  pursuant to which, the
Master  Servicer  will  service  and  the  Administrator  will  perform  certain
administrative  functions  with  respect  to the  Financed  Student  Loans;  the
Administration  Agreement,  pursuant to which the  Administrator  will undertake
certain other  administrative  duties with respect to the Trust and the Financed
Student  Loans;  and the Trust  Agreement,  pursuant  to which the Trust will be
created and the  Certificates  will be issued  (collectively,  the "Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements").  Each of such Transfer and Servicing Agreements will be
substantially  in the form filed or  incorporated  by reference as an exhibit to
the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The following
description  and  summaries  of  certain  terms of the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements describe or summarize the material provisions of such agreements.
    

Sale of Financed Student Loans; Representations and Warranties

     On or prior to the  Closing  Date,  the Seller  will sell and assign to the
Eligible  Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust,  without  recourse,  its entire
interest in the Financed  Student Loans and all  collections  received and to be
received with respect  thereto for the period on and after June 1, 1997 pursuant
to the  Sale  Agreement.  Each  Financed  Student  Loan  will be  identified  in
schedules  appearing as an exhibit to the Sale  Agreement.  The Eligible  Lender
Trustee will, concurrently with such sale and assignment,  execute, authenticate
and deliver the Notes. The net proceeds  received from the sale of the Notes and
the Certificates will be applied to the purchase of the Financed Student Loans.

     In the Sale  Agreement,  the Seller will make certain  representations  and
warranties  with  respect  to the  Financed  Student  Loans to the Trust for the
benefit of the  Certificateholders and the Noteholders,  including,  among other
things, that (i) each Financed Student Loan, on the date on which transferred to
the Trust,  is free and clear of all  security  interests,  liens,  charges  and
encumbrances  and no offsets,  defenses or  counterclaims  have been asserted or
threatened;  (ii) the information  provided with respect to the Initial Financed
Student Loans is true and correct as of the Cutoff Date and, in some cases,  the
Closing  Date (iii) the  information  provided  with  respect to the  Subsequent
Financed  Student Loans is true and correct as of the Cutoff Date and, as of the
related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  no claim has been made to a  Guarantor  with
respect to such Student Loans,  and (iv) each Financed Student Loan, at the time
it was  originated,  complied  and,  at the Closing  Date or  Transfer  Date (as
defined below), as applicable, complies in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws (including, without limitation, the Higher Education Act,
consumer credit, truth in lending, equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws)
and applicable restrictions imposed under any Guarantee Agreement.

   
     Following  the discovery by or notice to the Seller of a breach of any such
representation  or  warranty  with  respect to any  Financed  Student  Loan that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the  Certificateholders or the
Noteholders  in such Financed  Student Loan (it being  understood  that any such
breach that does not affect any Guarantor's  obligation to guarantee  payment of
such  Financed  Student  Loan will not be  considered  to have  such a  material
adverse effect),  the Seller will,  unless such breach is cured within 120 days,
repurchase such Financed  Student Loan from the Eligible  Lender Trustee,  as of
the first day following the end of such 120-day period that is the last day of a
Collection  Period,  at the related  purchase  price as of the day of repurchase
equal to 100% (or 98%, in the case of any Financed  Student Loan disbursed on or
after October 1, 1993, if the related borrower is in default under such Financed
Student Loan) of the amount  required to prepay in full the respective  Financed
Student Loan under the terms thereof  including all accrued interest thereon and
any lost Interest Subsidy Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments with respect
thereto (the  "Purchase  Amount").  In addition,  the Seller will  reimburse the
Trust with respect to a Financed  Student Loan for any accrued  interest amounts
that a Guarantor  refuses to pay pursuant to its Guarantee  Agreement due to, or
for any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments that are lost
or that must be repaid to the  Department  as a result  of, a breach of any such
representation  or warranty  by the Seller.  The  repurchase  and  reimbursement
obligations  of the Seller will  constitute  the sole remedy  available to or on
behalf of the Trust,  the  Certificateholders  or the  Noteholders  for any such
uncured  breach.  The Seller's  repurchase  and  reimbursement  obligations  are
contractual  obligations  pursuant  to the Sale  Agreement  that may be enforced
against  the  Seller,  but the breach of which will not  constitute  an Event of
Default.
    

     To facilitate  servicing  and to reduce  administrative  costs,  the Master
Servicer will delegate to the  respective  Subservicers  its  responsibility  to
maintain custody of the promissory notes representing the Financed Student Loans
by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  The  Seller's and the
Master  Servicer's  accounting  and  other  records  will  reflect  the sale and
assignment  of the  Financed  Student  Loans to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee on
behalf of the Trust, and Uniform Commercial Code financing statements reflecting
such sale and assignment will be filed.

Accounts

     The  Administrator  will establish and maintain the Collection  Account and
the  Reserve  Account  in the name of the  Indenture  Trustee  on  behalf of the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders.

   
     Funds in the  Collection  Account and the Reserve  Account  (together,  the
"Trust Accounts") will be invested as provided in the Master Servicing Agreement
in Eligible Investments.  "Eligible Investments" are: (a) direct obligations of,
and obligations  fully  guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States of
America;  (b) demand  deposits,  time deposits or certificates of deposit of any
depository  institution  or trust  company  incorporated  under  the laws of the
United States of America or any State (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank)
and  subject to  supervision  and  examination  by  Federal or state  banking or
depository institution  authorities (including depository receipts issued by any
such  institution  or trust company as custodian  with respect to any obligation
referred to in clause (a) above or portion of such obligation for the benefit of
the holders of such depository receipts); provided, however, that at the time of
the  investment  or  contractual  commitment to invest  therein  (which shall be
deemed to be made again each time funds are  reinvested  following  each Monthly
Servicing Payment Date or Distribution Date, as the case may be), the commercial
paper or other short-term  senior  unsecured debt  obligations  (other than such
obligations  the rating of which is based on the  credit of a Person  other than
such depository institution or trust company) thereof shall have a credit rating
from the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby; (c)
commercial paper having, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment
to invest therein,  a rating from the Rating Agencies in the highest  investment
category granted thereby;  (d) investments in money market funds having a rating
from the Rating  Agencies in the highest  investment  category  granted  thereby
(including  funds for which the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Administrator  or the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee or any of their  respective  Affiliates  is investment
manager  or  advisor);   (e)  bankers'  acceptances  issued  by  any  depository
institution  or trust company  referred to in clause (b) above;  (f)  repurchase
obligations  with respect to any  security  that is a direct  obligation  of, or
fully   guaranteed   by,  the  United   States  of  America  or  any  agency  or
instrumentality  thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith a
nd credit of the United States of America,  in either case entered into with (i)
a depository  institution  or trust company  (acting as principal)  described in
clause (b) above; and (g) other investments acceptable to the Rating Agencies as
being  consistent with the rating of the Notes.  Subject to certain  conditions,
Eligible  Investments may include  securities or other obligations issued by the
Seller or its affiliates,  or trusts originated by the Seller or its affiliates,
or shares of  investment  companies for which the Seller or its  affiliates  may
serve as the investment advisor. Eligible Investments are limited to obligations
or securities that mature not later than the business day immediately  preceding
the next  Distribution  Date or the next Monthly  Servicing Payment Date (to the
extent of the  Servicing  Fee due on such  date).  Investment  earnings on funds
deposited  in  the  Trust  Accounts,  net  of  losses  and  investment  expenses
(collectively, "Investment Earnings"), will be retained by the Master Servicer.
    

       
     The  Trust  Accounts  will be  maintained  as  Eligible  Deposit  Accounts.
"Eligible  Deposit  Account"  means  either  (a) a  segregated  account  with an
Eligible  Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds  deposited  in such  account,  so long as any of the
securities of such depository  institution have a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.
"Eligible  Institution" means a depository  institution organized under the laws
of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District
of  Columbia  (or any  domestic  branch  of a  foreign  bank),  (i)  which has a
long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  of  investment  grade  and/or  a  short-term
unsecured  debt  rating  in the  highest  investment  rating  category,  each as
determined by at least two nationally  recognized rating agencies and (ii) whose
deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Servicing Procedures

   
     Pursuant to the Master Servicing Agreement, First Union--North Carolina has
agreed as the Master  Servicer to service,  and perform all other  related tasks
with respect to, all the Financed  Student Loans  acquired from time to time. So
long as no claim is being made  against a  Guarantor  for any  Financed  Student
Loan, the Master Servicer will hold or cause the  Subservicers to hold on behalf
of the  Trust the  notes  evidencing,  and other  documents  relating  to,  that
Financed  Student Loan. The Master  Servicer is required  pursuant to the Master
Servicing  Agreement  to  perform  all  services  and  duties  customary  to the
servicing of Student Loans (including all collection practices), and to do so in
the same manner as the Master Servicer has serviced  comparable student loansand
in  compliance  with all  standards  and  procedures  provided for in the Higher
Education  Act, the Guarantee  Agreements and all other  applicable  federal and
state laws.
    

     Without limiting the foregoing, the duties of the Master Servicer under the
Master  Servicing  Agreement  include,  but are not limited to,  collecting  and
depositing  into the  Collection  Account (or, in the event that daily  deposits
into the Collection  Account are not required,  paying to the Administrator) all
payments with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans.  In addition,  the Master
Servicer will keep ongoing  records with respect to such Financed  Student Loans
and collections  thereon and will furnish quarterly and annual statements to the
Administrator  with respect to such  information,  in accordance with the Master
Servicer's  customary  practices  with  respect to the  Seller and as  otherwise
required in the Master Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer, pursuant to the
Subservicing  Agreements,  will cause the  Subservicers to prepare and file with
the Department all  appropriate  claims forms and other documents and filings on
behalf of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee in order to claim any  Interest  Subsidy
Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments that may be payable in respect of each
Collection  Period with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans,  and to perform
other duties which include, but are not limited to, responding to inquiries from
borrowers on the Financed Student Loans, investigating delinquencies and sending
out statements, payment coupons and tax reporting information to borrowers

Payments on Financed Student Loans

     Except as provided below,  the Master Servicer will deposit all payments on
Financed  Student  Loans (from  whatever  source)  and all  proceeds of Financed
Student Loans collected by it during each Collection  Period into the Collection
Account within two business days of receipt  thereof.  Except as provided below,
the Eligible Lender Trustee will deposit all Interest  Subsidy  Payments and all
Special  Allowance  Payments with respect to the Financed Student Loans received
by it during each  Collection  Period  into the  Collection  Account  within two
business days of receipt thereof.

   
     However,  in the event that First  Union--North  Carolina satisfies certain
requirements  for  quarterly  remittances  and  the  Rating  Agencies  have  not
downgraded or withdrawn  their ratings of the Notes and the  Certificates at the
initial level, then so long as First Union--North  Carolina is the Administrator
and provided that (i) there exists no Administrator Default (as described below)
and [(ii) each other condition to making quarterly  deposits as may be specified
by the Rating  Agencies is  satisfied],  the Master  Servicer  and the  Eligible
Lender Trustee will pay all the amounts  referred to in the preceding  paragraph
that  would   otherwise  be  deposited  into  the  Collection   Account  to  the
Administrator,  and the  Administrator  will not be  required  to  deposit  such
amounts  into  the  Collection  Account  until on or  before  the  business  day
immediately  preceding each Monthly Servicing Payment Date (to the extent of the
Servicing  Fee  payable  on  such  date)  and  on or  before  the  business  day
immediately  preceding each Distribution Date (to the extent of the remainder of
such  amounts).  In such event,  the  Administrator  will deposit the  aggregate
Purchase  Amount  of  Financed  Student  Loans  repurchased  by the  Seller  and
purchased by the Master  Servicer into the  Collection  Account on or before the
business  day  preceding  each  Distribution  Date.  Pending  deposit  into  the
Collection Account,  collections may be invested by the Administrator at its own
risk  and for its own  benefit,  and will not be  segregated  from  funds of the
Administrator.
    

Master Servicer Covenants

     In the Master Servicing Agreement,  the Master Servicer covenants that: (a)
it will duly satisfy all  obligations  on its part to be  fulfilled  under or in
connection   with  the   Financed   Student   Loans,   maintain  in  effect  all
qualifications  required  in order to service  the  Financed  Student  Loans and
comply in all material  respects with all requirements of law in connection with
servicing  the Financed  Student  Loans,  the failure to comply with which would
have a materially adverse effect on the  Certificateholders  or the Noteholders;
(b) it will not permit any rescission or cancellation of a Financed Student Loan
except as  ordered  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  or other  government
authority or as otherwise  consented to by the Eligible  Lender  Trustee and the
Indenture  Trustee;  (c)  it  will  do  nothing  to  impair  the  rights  of the
Certificateholders  and the Noteholders in the Financed Student Loans and (d) it
will not  reschedule,  revise,  defer or  otherwise  compromise  with respect to
payments due on any  Financed  Student  Loan except  pursuant to any  applicable
Deferral or Forbearance  Periods or otherwise in accordance  with its guidelines
for servicing student loans in general and those of the Seller in particular.

   
     Under the terms of the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  if the Seller or the
Master Servicer discovers,  or receives written notice, that any covenant of the
Master  Servicer  set forth  above has not been  complied  with in all  material
respects and such  noncompliance  has not been cured within 120 days  thereafter
and has a materially adverse effect on the interest of the Certificateholders or
the Noteholders in any Financed  Student Loan (it being understood that any such
breach that does not affect any Guarantor's  obligation to guarantee  payment of
such  Financed  Student  Loan will not be  considered  to have  such a  material
adverse effect),  unless such breach is cured, the Master Servicer will purchase
such Financed Student Loan as of the first day following the end of such 120-day
period that is the last day of a Collection  Period.  In that event,  the Master
Servicer  will be  obligated to deposit  into the  Collection  Account an amount
equal to the  Purchase  Amount of such  Financed  Student  Loan and the  Trust's
interest  in any such  purchased  Financed  Student  Loan will be  automatically
assigned to the Master Servicer. In addition, the Master Servicer will reimburse
the Trust with  respect to any Financed  Student  Loan for any accrued  interest
amounts that a Guarantor refuses to pay pursuant to its Guarantee  Agreement due
to, or for any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments that are
lost or that must be repaid to the  Department  as a result  of, a breach of any
such covenant of the Master Servicer.
    

Servicing Compensation

   
     The Master  Servicer  will be entitled to receive the Servicing Fee monthly
in an amount  equal to  one-twelfth  of the  product of (i) _____% per annum and
(ii)  the Pool  Balance  as of the last  day of the  preceding  calendar  month,
subject to  adjustment,  together  with other  administrative  fees and  similar
charges, as compensation for performing the functions as master servicer for the
Trust  described  above.  The  Servicing  Fee set forth  above may be subject to
reasonable increase agreed to by the Administrator,  the Eligible Lender Trustee
and the  Master  Servicer  to the extent  that a  demonstrable  and  significant
increase  occurs in the costs  incurred by the Master  Servicer in providing the
services to be provided  under the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  whether due to
changes in applicable governmental  regulations,  guarantor program requirements
or  regulations,  United  States  Postal  Service  postal  rates  or some  other
identifiable cost increasing event. The Servicing Fee (together with any portion
of the Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution  Dates) will be
payable on each  Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date and will be paid solely out of
Available  Funds and amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account on such  Monthly
Servicing Payment Date.
    

       
   
     The  Servicing  Fee will  compensate  the Master  Servicer for the costs of
performing  the functions of a third party servicer of student loans as an agent
for their  beneficial  owner,  including  collecting  and posting all  payments,
responding   to  inquiries  of   borrowers  on  the  Financed   Student   Loans,
investigating  delinquencies,  pursuing,  filing and  collecting  any  Guarantee
Payments,   accounting  for  collections  and  furnishing   monthly  and  annual
statements  to the  Administrator.  The  Servicing  Fee also will  reimburse the
Master Servicer for certain taxes,  accounting fees,  outside auditor fees, data
processing costs and other costs incurred in connection with  administering  the
Financed Student Loans.
    

Distributions

     Deposits to Collection Account. On or about the third business day prior to
each  Distribution  Date (the  "Determination  Date"),  the  Administrator  will
provide the  Indenture  Trustee  with  certain  information  with respect to the
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date.

     On or before the business day preceding each Monthly Servicing Payment Date
that is not a Distribution Date, the Administrator will cause (or will cause the
Master  Servicer  and the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  to cause) a portion of the
amount of the Available  Funds equal to the Servicing Fee,  payable on such date
to be deposited into the Collection Account for payment of the Servicing Fee. On
or before the business day prior to each  Distribution  Date, the  Administrator
will cause (or will cause the Master Servicer and the Eligible Lender Trustee to
cause)  the  amount  of  Available  Funds to be  deposited  into the  Collection
Account.

   
     For purposes hereof,  the term "Available  Funds" means,  with respect to a
Distribution  Date  or  any  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date,  the  sum of the
following amounts received with respect to the related Collection Period (or, in
the case of a Monthly Servicing Payment Date, the applicable portion thereof) to
the extent not previously distributed: 
    

     (i) all collections received by the Master Servicer on the Financed Student
Loans  (including any Guarantee  Payments  received with respect to the Financed
Student Loans) but net of (x) amounts required by the Higher Education Act to be
paid to the Department or to be repaid to borrowers  (whether or not in the form
of a principal  reduction of the applicable Financed Student Loan), with respect
to the  Financed  Student  Loans  for  such  Collection  Period,  including  any
origination  fee  payable  to the  Department  on  Federal  Consolidation  Loans
disbursed after October 1, 1993, and (y) any collections in respect of principal
on the Financed  Student  Loans  applied by the Trust to  repurchase  guaranteed
loans from the Guarantors in accordance with the Guarantee Agreements;

     (ii) any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance  Payments received
by the Eligible Lender Trustee during such Collection Period with respect to the
Financed Student Loans;

     (iii) all proceeds of the liquidation of defaulted  Financed  Student Loans
("Liquidated Student Loans"),  which became Liquidated Student Loans during such
Collection Period in accordance with the Master Servicer's  customary  servicing
procedures,  net of expenses  incurred by the Master Servicer in connection with
such  liquidation and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the borrower
on such Liquidated Student Loans ("Liquidation Proceeds"), and all recoveries in
respect of Liquidated  Student Loans which were written off in prior  Collection
Periods;

     (iv) the aggregate  Purchase  Amounts  received for those Financed  Student
Loans  repurchased  by the Seller or purchased by the Master  Servicer  under an
obligation which arose during such Collection Period;

   
     (v) the aggregate  amounts,  if any, received from the Seller or the Master
Servicer,  as the case  may be,  as  reimbursement  of  non-guaranteed  interest
amounts, or lost Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments,  with
respect to the  Financed  Student  Loans  pursuant to the Sale  Agreement or the
Master Servicing Agreement, respectively; and

     (vi)  amounts  deposited  by the  Seller  into the  Collection  Account  in
connection with the making of Consolidation Loans;
    
       
   
provided,  however,  that Available Funds will exclude all payments and proceeds
(including  Liquidation  Proceeds)  of any Financed  Student  Loans the Purchase
Amount of which has been included in Available Funds for a prior Monthly Payment
Date or  Distribution  Date;  provided,  further,  that if with  respect  to any
Distribution  Date there would not be sufficient  funds,  after  application  of
Available  Funds (as  defined  above) and  amounts  available  from the  Reserve
Account, to pay any of the items specified in clauses (i) through (iv) under "--
Distributions  -- Distributions  from Collection  Account," then Available Funds
for such Distribution Date will include,  in addition to the Available Funds (as
defined above), amounts on deposit in the Collection Account (or amounts held by
the Administrator, or which the Administrator reasonably estimates to be held by
the Administrator, for deposit into the Collection Account) on the Determination
Date which would have  constituted  Available  Funds for the  Distribution  Date
succeeding such Distribution Date, up to the amount necessary to pay such items,
and the Available Funds for such succeeding  Distribution  Date will be adjusted
accordingly.
    

     Distributions  from Collection  Account.  On each Monthly Servicing Payment
Date that is not a  Distribution  Date,  the  Administrator  will  instruct  the
Indenture  Trustee  to pay to the Master  Servicer  the  Servicing  Fee due with
respect to the period from and including the preceding Monthly Servicing Payment
Date from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account.

     On each Distribution  Date, the  Administrator  will instruct the Indenture
Trustee to make the following deposits and distributions,  in the amounts and in
the order of priority specified below, to the extent of the Available Funds with
respect to such Distribution Date:

     (i) to the Master Servicer, the Servicing Fee due on such Distribution Date
and all prior unpaid Servicing Fees;

     (ii)  to  the   Administrator,   the  Administration  Fee  and  all  unpaid
Administration Fees from prior Collection Periods;

   
     (iii) to the
    

       
   
Noteholders,  the Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount ratably,  without
preference  or priority  of any kind,  according  to the amounts  payable on the
Notes in respect of Noteholders' Interest Distribution Amount;

     (iv) to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the  Certificateholders,
the  Certificateholders'  Interest  Distribution Amount, for distribution by the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee  pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement,  ratably,  without
preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts payable in respect
of Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount;

     (v) to the Class A-1 Noteholders,  the Noteholders'  Principal Distribution
Amount,  ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind,  according to the
amounts payable on the Class A-1 Notes for principal;

     (vi) on each  Distribution Date on and after which the Class A-1 Notes have
been paid in full,  to the Class A-2  Noteholders,  the  Noteholders'  Principal
Distribution  Amount,  ratably,  without  preference  or  priority  of any kind,
according to the amounts payable on the Class A-2 Notes for principal;

     (vii) on each Distribution Date on and after which the Notes have been paid
in full, to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, the
Certificateholder's  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  for  distribution  by the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee  pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement,  ratably,  without
preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts payable in respect
of the Certificate Balance;

     (viii) to the Reserve Account,  the amount, if any,  necessary to reinstate
the balance of the Reserve Account to the Specified Reserve Account Balance;
    

       
   
     (ix) to the  Noteholders,  the aggregate  unpaid amount of the Noteholders'
Interest Index Carryover, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any
kind,  according  to the  amounts  due and  payable  on the Notes in  respect of
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover;

     (x) to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, the
aggregate unpaid amount of the Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover, if
any, for  distribution  by the  Eligible  Lender  trustee  pursuant to the Trust
Agreement ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts payable in respect of Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover; and

     (xi) to the Reserve  Account,  any remaining  amounts after  application of
clauses (i) through (x).
    

     For purposes hereof, the following terms have the following meanings:

     "Certificate  Balance"  equals  $__________  as of the  Closing  Date  and,
thereafter,  equals the  initial  Certificate  Balance,  reduced by all  amounts
allocable to principal previously distributed to Certificateholders.

     "Certificateholders'  Distribution  Amount"  means,  with  respect  to  any
Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount for such
Distribution  Date plus, for each Distribution Date on and after which the Notes
have been paid in full, the  Certificateholders'  Principal  Distribution Amount
for such Distribution Date.

     "Certificateholders'   Interest  Shortfall"  means,  with  respect  to  any
Distribution   Date,  the  excess  of  (i)  the   Certificateholders'   Interest
Distribution  Amount on the preceding  Distribution Date over (ii) the amount of
interest  actually  distributed  to the  Certificateholders  on  such  preceding
Distribution  Date, plus interest on the amount of such excess interest,  to the
extent   permitted  by  law,  at  the  Certificate   Rate  from  such  preceding
Distribution Date to the current Distribution Date.

     "Certificateholders'  Interest  Distribution Amount" means, with respect to
any  Distribution  Date,  the sum of (i) the amount of  interest  accrued at the
Certificate Rate for the related Interest Period on the outstanding  Certificate
Balance on the immediately  preceding  Distribution Date, after giving effect to
all distributions to Certificateholders in respect of the Certificate Balance on
such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution  Date, on the
Closing  Date)  and (ii) the  Certificateholders'  Interest  Shortfall  for such
Distribution Date;  provided,  however,  that the  Certificateholders'  Interest
Distribution  Amount  will not include any  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index
Carryover.

     "Certificateholders'  Interest Index  Carryover" means for any Distribution
Date on which the Certificate Rate is based on the Student Loan Rate, the excess
of (a) the  amount of return on the  Certificates  that  would  have  accrued in
respect of such Interest  Period at the  Certificate  Rate without regard to the
Student  Loan Rate over (b) the  amount of return on the  Certificates  actually
accrued in respect  of such  Interest  Period  based on the  Student  Loan Rate,
together  with the unpaid  portion of any such  excess  from prior  Distribution
Dates and any return accrued thereon  calculated at the Certificate Rate without
regard to the Student Loan Rate.

     "Certificateholders'  Principal  Shortfall"  means,  as of the close of any
Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of  (i)  the   Certificateholders'   Principal
Distribution   Amount  on  such  Distribution  Date  over  (ii)  the  amount  of
distributions made with respect to the Certificate  Balance on such Distribution
Date.

     "Certificateholders'   Principal   Distribution   Amount"  means,  on  each
Distribution  Date, the excess of (i) the sum of (a) the Principal  Distribution
Amount for such  Distribution  Date, (b) the Note Principal  Shortfall as of the
close  of the  preceding  Distribution  Date  and  (c)  the  Certificateholders'
Principal Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date over (ii)
the Note Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date; provided that
the  Certificateholders'  Principal  Distribution Amount will in no event exceed
the Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Certificate Final Payment Date, the
Certificate Balance to be distributed to the Certificateholders will include the
amount required to reduce the outstanding Certificate Balance to zero.

     "Noteholders'  Distribution Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date,  the  sum  of  the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount  and  the
Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date.

     "Noteholders'  Interest  Shortfall" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the excess of (i) the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount on the
preceding   Distribution   Date  over  (ii)  the  amount  of  interest  actually
distributed  to the  Noteholders  on  such  preceding  Distribution  Date,  plus
interest on the amount of such excess  interest due to the  Noteholders,  to the
extent  permitted by law, at the weighted  average of the Class A-1 Rate and the
Class A-2 Rate from such preceding Distribution Date to the current Distribution
Date.

     "Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount"  means,  with respect to any
Distribution  Date,  the  sum of (i)  the  amount  of  interest  accrued  at the
respective  Note Interest Rate for the related  Interest Period on the aggregate
outstanding  principal  balances  of both  classes  of Notes on the  immediately
preceding  Distribution Date after giving effect to all principal  distributions
to Noteholders on such date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution Date, on
the  Closing  Date)  and  (ii)  the  Noteholders'  Interest  Shortfall  for such
Distribution   Date;   provided,   however,   that  the  Noteholders'   Interest
Distribution Amount will not include any Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover.

     "Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover" means, for any Distribution Date on
which the Class  A-1 Rate or the  Class  A-2 Rate is based on the  Student  Loan
Rate,  the  excess of (a) the amount of  interest  on the Class A-1 Notes or the
Class A-2 Notes,  as the case may be, that would have  accrued in respect of the
related  Accrual  Period had  interest  been  calculated  without  regard to the
Student  Loan Rate over (b) the amount of interest on the Class A-1 Notes or the
Class A-2 Notes, as the case may be, actually accrued in respect of such Accrual
Period based on the Student Loan Rate,  together with the unpaid  portion of any
such excess from prior  Distribution  Dates and Interest  accrued thereon at the
applicable Note Rate without regard to the Student Loan Rate.

     "Noteholders'   Principal   Shortfall"  means,  as  of  the  close  of  any
Distribution  Date, the excess of (i) the  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
Amount on such  Distribution  Date over (ii) the  amount of  principal  actually
distributed to the Noteholders on such Distribution Date.

     "Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount" means,  with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Principal  Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date
plus the  Noteholders'  Principal  Shortfall  as of the  close of the  preceding
Distribution Date; provided that the Noteholders'  Principal Distribution Amount
will not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Notes. In addition, (i)
on the Class A-1 Final Maturity  Date, the principal  required to be distributed
to the Class A-1  Noteholders  will  include  the amount  required to reduce the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes to zero,  and (ii) on the
Class A-2 Final Maturity  Date, the principal  required to be distributed to the
Class A-2 Noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding
principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes to zero.

     "Pool Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate  principal  balance of the
Financed Student Loans at the end of the preceding  Collection  Period including
accrued interest thereon for such Collection  Period to the extent such interest
will be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  after giving effect to the
following  without  duplication:  (i) all payments  received by the Trust during
such  Collection  Period  from or on behalf  of  borrowers,  Guarantors  and the
Department (collectively, "Obligors"), (ii) all Purchase Amounts received by the
Trust for such Collection  Period from the Seller or the Master Servicer,  (iii)
all losses realized on Financed Student Loans liquidated  during such Collection
Period.

     "Principal  Distribution  Amount"  means (i) with  respect  to the  initial
Distribution  Date,  the  amount by which the sum of the  outstanding  principal
amount  of the Notes and the  Certificate  Balance  exceeds  the  Adjusted  Pool
Balance  for such  Distribution  Date and (ii) with  respect to each  subsequent
Distribution  Date,  the  amount  by which the  Adjusted  Pool  Balance  for the
preceding   Distribution  Date  exceeds  the  Adjusted  Pool  Balance  for  such
Distribution  Date.  For this purpose,  "Adjusted Pool Balance"  means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  (a) if the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related
Collection  Period is greater than 40% of the Initial Pool  Balance,  the sum of
such  Pool  Balance  and  the  Specified   Reserve   Account  Balance  for  such
Distribution  Date, or (b) if the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related
Collection Period is less than or equal to 40% of the Initial Pool Balance, such
Pool Balance.

     "Realized  Loss" means the excess of the principal  balance  (including any
interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized) of any Liquidated
Student Loan over Liquidation  Proceeds with respect to such Student Loan to the
extent allocable to principal  (including any interest that had been or had been
expected to be capitalized).

Credit Enhancement

   
     Reserve Account.  Pursuant to the Master Servicing  Agreement,  the Reserve
Account will be created with an initial deposit by the Trust on the Closing Date
of cash or  Eligible  Investments  in an  amount  equal to the  Reserve  Account
Initial Deposit. The Reserve Account will be augmented on each Distribution Date
by deposit therein of (i) the amount, if any, necessary to reinstate the balance
of the Reserve Account to the Specified  Reserve Account Balance from the amount
of Available Funds  remaining after payment of the Trust Fees, the  Noteholders'
Distribution  Amount and the  Certificateholders'  Distribution  Amount, all for
such Distribution Date, and (ii) any remaining Available Funds after application
of clause  (i)above,  any  unpaid  Noteholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover  and
Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover as of such Distribution Date to the
extent described above under  "--Distributions".  As described below, subject to
certain limitations,  amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be released
to the Seller to the extent  that the amount on deposit in the  Reserve  Account
exceeds the Specified Reserve Account Balance.
    

     "Specified  Reserve Account Balance" with respect to any Distribution  Date
generally  will be equal to the greater of (i) _____% of the Pool  Balance as of
the close of business on the last day of the related  Collection Period and (ii)
$________________;  provided,  however, in no event will such balance exceed the
sum of the  outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Notes  and  the  outstanding
principal balance of the Certificates.

   
     Funds will be  withdrawn  from cash in the  Reserve  Account on any Monthly
Servicing  Payment  Date or  Distribution  Date to the extent that the amount of
Available Funds on such Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date or Distribution Date is
insufficient to pay the Servicing Fee on a Monthly Servicing Payment Date or any
of the items  specified in clauses (i) through (iv) under "--  Distributions  --
Distributions  from Collection  Account" on a Distribution Date. Such funds also
will be  withdrawn  at maturity of the Notes or on the final  Distribution  Date
upon  termination of the Trust to the extent that the amount of Available  Funds
at such time is  insufficient  to pay any of the items  specified in clauses (v)
through (vii) under  "--Distributions -- Distributions from Collection Account."
Such funds will be paid from the Reserve  Account to the Master  Servicer,  on a
Monthly  Servicing Payment Date, and to the persons and in the order of priority
specified for  distributions  out of the Collection  Account in such clauses (i)
through(iv)  and clauses (v) through  (vii),  as  applicable,  on a Distribution
Date. See "-- Subordination of the Certificates".
    

     In the event  the  Financed  Student  Loans  are not sold  pursuant  to the
auction process  described below under "--  Termination" on or after the Auction
Distribution  Date if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account (after giving
effect to all deposits or withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date, other
than  withdrawals  described in this  sentence)  is greater  than the  Specified
Reserve  Account  Balance for such  Distribution  Date, the  Administrator  will
instruct the  Indenture  Trustee to  distribute  the amount of such excess as an
accelerated  payment of principal first to the Noteholders until the outstanding
principal   balance   of  the   Notes   is  paid  in  full   and   then  to  the
Certificateholders  until the Certificate Balance is paid in full; provided that
the amount of such  distribution  shall not exceed the principal  balance of the
Notes or the  Certificate  Balance,  as  applicable,  after giving effect to all
other payments of principal to be made on such date.

   
     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account on any  Distribution  Date
(after  giving  effect  to  all  deposits  or  withdrawals   therefrom  on  such
Distribution  Date) is greater than the Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for
such Distribution Date, subject to certain  limitations,  the Administrator will
instruct the  Indenture  Trustee to distribute  the amount of the excess,  after
payment   of   any   unpaid   Noteholders'    Interest   Index   Carryover   and
Certificateholders'   Interest  Index  Carryover,   to  the  Seller.   Upon  any
distribution  to the Seller of amounts  from the  Reserve  Account,  neither the
Noteholders  nor the  Certificateholders  will have any rights in, or claims to,
such amounts.  Subject to the  limitation  described in the preceding  sentence,
amounts held from time to time in the Reserve  Account will  continue to be held
for the benefit of the Trust.

     The Reserve Account is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt
by the Noteholders and the Certificateholders of the full amount of interest due
them and the ultimate  payment of principal  thereon at maturity and to decrease
the likelihood  that the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders  will experience
losses.  In  certain  circumstances,  however,  the  Reserve  Account  could  be
depleted.  Moreover,  amounts on  deposit in the  Reserve  Account  (other  than
amounts  in  excess  of the  Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance)  will  not be
available  to  cover  any  unpaid  Noteholders'   Interest  Index  Carryover  or
Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover. Amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account  will be available  to pay  principal on the Notes and interest  accrued
thereon at the  maturity of the Notes,  and to pay the  Certificate  Balance and
interest accrued thereon and Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover on the
final Distribution Date upon termination of the Trust.
    

Statements to Indenture Trustee and Trust

     Prior to each Distribution Date, the Administrator  (based on the quarterly
statements  and other  information  provided to it by the Master  Servicer) will
provide to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Trust as of the close of business on
the last day of the preceding Collection Period a statement,  which will include
the  following  information  with  respect  to  such  Distribution  Date  or the
preceding Collection Period as to the Notes and the Certificates,  to the extent
applicable:

     (i) the amount of the distribution  allocable to principal of the Class A-1
Notes, the Class A-2 Notes or the Certificates, as the case may be;

     (ii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable  to interest on each of the
Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes and the  Certificates,  together  with the
interest rates applicable with respect thereto (indicating whether such interest
rates are based on the T-Bill  Rate or on the Student  Loan Rate and  specifying
what each such interest rate would have been if it had been calculated using the
alternate basis; provided that no such calculation of the Student Loan Rate will
be required to be made unless the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period is [100]
basis points greater than the T-Bill Rate of the preceding Determination Date or
the 52 Week  Treasury  Bill Rate is [100] basis points less than the T-Bill Rate
as of such Determination Date;

     (iii) the amount of the distribution, if any, allocable to any Noteholders'
Interest Index Carryover and any  Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover,
together  with the  outstanding  amount,  if any, of each  thereof  after giving
effect to any such distribution;

     (iv) the Pool  Balance as of the close of  business  on the last day of the
preceding  Collection  Period,  after  giving  effect to payments  allocated  to
principal reported as described in clause (i) above;

     (v) the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of Notes, the Certificate
Balance and each Pool Factor as of such  Distribution  Date, after giving effect
to payments allocated to principal reported under clause (i) above;

   
     (vi) the  amount of the  Servicing  Fee paid to the  Master  Servicer,  the
amount of the Administration Fee paid to the Administrator, the fees paid to the
Indenture   Trustee  and  the  fees  paid  to  the  Eligible   Lender   Trustee,
respectively, with respect to such Collection Period;
    

       
     (vii)  the  amount  of the  aggregate  Realized  Losses,  if any,  for such
Collection  Period and the balance of Financed Student Loans that are delinquent
in each delinquency period as of the end of such Collection Period; and

     (viii) the balance of the Reserve Account on such Distribution  Date, after
giving effect to changes therein on such Distribution Date.

     "52  Week  T-Bill  Rate"  means,  on any  date of  determination,  the bond
equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction held
prior to the preceding June 1.

Evidence As To Compliance

     The Master  Servicing  Agreement  will provide  that a firm of  independent
public  accountants will furnish to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee annually
a statement (based on a limited examination of certain documents and records and
on such  accounting and auditing  procedures  considered  appropriate  under the
circumstances)  as to  compliance  by the Master  Servicer  during the preceding
twelve  months (or, in the case of the first such  certificate,  the period from
the Closing Date to December 31, 1997) with certain  standards  under the Master
Servicing Agreement relating to the servicing of the Financed Student Loans.

     The  Master  Servicing  Agreement  will  further  provide  that a  firm  of
independent  public  accountants  (which may be the same firm referred to in the
immediately  preceding  paragraph)  will furnish to the Trust and the  Indenture
Trustee annually a statement (based on the examination of certain  documents and
records and on such accounting and auditing  procedures  considered  appropriate
under the  circumstances)  as to  compliance  by the  Administrator  during  the
preceding  twelve  months  (or, in the case of the first such  certificate,  the
period from the Closing Date to December 31, 1997) with all applicable standards
under the Master Servicing  Agreement and the Administration  Agreement relating
to the administration of the Trust and the Financed Student Loans.

     The Master Servicing  Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trust
and the Indenture  Trustee,  concurrently with the delivery of each statement of
compliance  referred  to above,  of a  certificate  signed by an  officer of the
Master Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may be, stating that, to such
officer's knowledge,  the Master Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may
be,  has  fulfilled  its  obligations  under  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement
throughout  the  preceding  twelve  months  (or,  in the case of the first  such
certificate, the period from the Closing Date to December 31, 1997) or, if there
has been a default in the  fulfillment of any such  obligation,  describing each
such default.  Each of the Master Servicer and the  Administrator  has agreed to
give the Indenture  Trustee and the Eligible  Lender  Trustee  notice of certain
Master Servicer Defaults and  Administrator  Defaults,  respectively,  under the
Master Servicing Agreement.

     Copies  of  such   statements   and   certificates   may  be   obtained  by
Securityholders  by a request in writing  addressed to the  Applicable  Trustee.
Certain Matters Regarding The Master Servicer

   
     The  Master  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that  First  Union--North
Carolina  may not resign  from its  obligations  and  duties as Master  Servicer
thereunder,   except  upon  determination  that  First  Union--North  Carolina's
performance of such duties is no longer  permissible  under  applicable  law. No
such  resignation  will  become  effective  until  the  Indenture  Trustee  or a
successor   servicer  has  assumed  First  Union--North   Carolina's   servicing
obligations and duties under the Master Servicing Agreement.
    

     The Master Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the Master
Servicer nor any of its directors,  officers,  employees or agents will be under
any liability to the Trust, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders for taking
any action or for  refraining  from  taking any  action  pursuant  to the Master
Servicing Agreement, or for errors in judgment;  provided, however, that neither
the Master Servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any liability
that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence in the performance of its duties  thereunder or by reason of reckless
disregard of  obligations  and its duties  thereunder.  In addition,  the Master
Servicing Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer is under no obligation
to appear in,  prosecute,  or defend any legal action that is not  incidental to
its servicing responsibilities under the Master Servicing Agreement and that, in
its opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability.

   
     Under the circumstances  specified in the Master Servicing  Agreement,  any
entity  into which the Master  Servicer  may be merged or  consolidated,  or any
entity  resulting from any merger or  consolidation to which the Master Servicer
is a party,  or any entity  succeeding  to the business of the Master  Servicer,
which  corporation  or other entity in each of the  foregoing  cases assumes the
obligations of the Master Servicer, will be the successor of the Master Servicer
under the Master Servicing Agreement.  Pursuant to a proposed  reorganization of
the banking  subsidiaries  of First Union  Corporation,  it is expected  that by
February   1998   First   Union--North    Carolina   will   merge   into   First
Union-Pennsylvania,  First  Union-Pennsylvania  will relocate its main office to
Charlotte,  North Carolina, and First  Union-Pennsylvania will succeed to all of
First Union--North  Carolina's  obligations as Master Servicer and Administrator
under the Trust.
    

Master Servicer Default; Administrator Default

     "Master Servicer Default" under the Master Servicing Agreement will consist
of (i) any failure by the Master  Servicer to deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee
for deposit in any of the Trust  Accounts (or, in the event that daily  deposits
into  the  Collection  Account  are  not  required,  to the  Administrator)  any
collections,  Guarantee  Payments or other amounts  received with respect to the
Financed Student Loans,  which failure  continues  unremedied for three business
days after  written  notice from the  Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible  Lender
Trustee is received  by the Master  Servicer  or after  discovery  by the Master
Servicer;  (ii) any failure by the Master Servicer duly to observe or perform in
any material  respect any other  covenant or  agreement in the Master  Servicing
Agreement  which  failure   materially  and  adversely  affects  the  rights  of
Noteholders or  Certificateholders  and which  continues  unremedied for 60 days
after the giving of written notice of such failure (1) to the Master Servicer by
the Indenture  Trustee,  the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Administrator or (2)
to the Master  Servicer and to the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Eligible  Lender
Trustee by holders of Notes or Certificates, as applicable,  evidencing not less
than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes or  Certificates;  (iii)
certain events of insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of assets and
liabilities,  or similar  proceedings  with  respect to the Master  Servicer and
certain actions by the Master Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization
pursuant to bankruptcy  proceedings or inability to pay its obligations and (iv)
failure by the Master Servicer to comply with any requirements  under the Higher
Education Act resulting in a loss of its eligibility as a third-party servicer.

     "Administrator  Default"  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  or  the
Administration Agreement will consist of (i)(A) in the event that daily deposits
into the Collection  Account are not required,  any failure by the Administrator
to deliver to the Indenture Trustee for deposit in any of the Trust Accounts any
required  payment on or before the business  day prior to any Monthly  Servicing
Payment Date or  Distribution  Date,  as  applicable,  or (B) any failure by the
Administrator to direct the Indenture Trustee to make any required distributions
from any of the Trust  Accounts on any  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date or any
Distribution  Date,  which failure in case of either clause (A) or (B) continues
unremedied  for three  business  days after  written  notice from the  Indenture
Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee is received by the Administrator or after
discovery by the  Administrator;  (ii) any failure by the Administrator  duly to
observe or perform in any  material  respect any other  covenant or agreement in
the  Administration  Agreement or the Master  Servicing  Agreement which failure
materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders or Certificateholders
and which continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of written notice of
such failure (1) to the  Administrator by the Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible
Lender Trustee or (2) to the  Administrator and to the Indenture Trustee and the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee by holders of Notes or  Certificates,  as  applicable,
evidencing  not less than 25% in principal  amount of the  outstanding  Notes or
Certificates;  and (iii) certain  events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,
marshalling of assets and  liabilities,  or similar  proceedings with respect to
the  Administrator  and  certain  actions by the  Administrator  indicating  its
insolvency or inability to pay its obligations.

Rights Upon Master Servicer Default and Administrator Default

     As long as a Master Servicer Default under the Master  Servicing  Agreement
or an  Administrator  Default  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  or  the
Administration Agreement remains unremedied, the Indenture Trustee or holders of
Notes evidencing not less than 25% in principal amount of then outstanding Notes
may terminate all the rights and  obligations  of the Master  Servicer under the
Master  Servicing  Agreement,  or the  Administrator  under the Master Servicing
Agreement  and the  Administration  Agreement,  as the case may be,  whereupon a
successor  servicer or administrator  appointed by the Indenture  Trustee or the
Indenture  Trustee  will  succeed  to  all  the  responsibilities,   duties  and
liabilities of the Master Servicer under the Master Servicing Agreement,  or the
Administrator  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  and the  Administration
Agreement,  as the case may be, and will be  entitled  to  similar  compensation
arrangements.  If, however,  a bankruptcy  trustee or similar  official has been
appointed for the Master Servicer or the  Administrator,  and no Master Servicer
Default or Administrator Default other than such appointment has occurred,  such
trustee or official may have the power to prevent the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Noteholders  from  effecting  such a transfer.  In the event that the  Indenture
Trustee is unwilling or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of
competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of, a  successor  servicer  whose
regular  business  includes  the  servicing  of  student  loans  or a  successor
administrator  whose regular business includes  administering  trusts containing
pools of loans or receivables.  The Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements
for  compensation  to be  paid,  which  in no  event  may be  greater  than  the
compensation to the Master Servicer under the Master Servicing  Agreement or the
Administrator  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  and the  Administration
Agreement,  as the case may be, unless such  compensation  arrangements will not
result in a downgrading of the Notes and the  Certificates by any Rating Agency.
In the event a Master Servicer Default or an Administrator Default occurs and is
continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders,  as described above, may
remove the Master Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, without the
consent  of the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  or  any  of the  Certificateholders.
Moreover,  only the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders,  and not the Eligible
Lender Trustee or the Certificateholders'  have the ability to remove the Master
Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may be, if a Master Servicer Default
or an Administrator Default occurs and is continuing.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     The holders of Notes  evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding  Notes (or the holders of Certificates  evidencing not less
than a  majority  of the  outstanding  Certificate  Balance,  in the case of any
default  which  does  not  adversely   affect  the  Indenture   Trustee  or  the
Noteholders) may, on behalf of all Noteholders and Certificateholders' waive any
default by the Master Servicer in the  performance of its obligations  under the
Master  Servicing  Agreement,  or  any  default  by  the  Administrator  of  its
obligations  under  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement  and  the  Administration
Agreement,  as the case may be,  and  their  respective  consequences,  except a
default in making any  required  deposits to or  payments  from any of the Trust
Accounts or giving instructions regarding the same in accordance with the Master
Servicing  Agreement.  Therefore,  the Noteholders  have the ability,  except as
noted above,  to waive  defaults by the Master  Servicer  and the  Administrator
which could materially adversely affect the  Certificateholders.  No such waiver
will impair the Noteholders,  or the Certificateholders'  rights with respect to
subsequent defaults.

     Unless and until  Definitive  Securities  are issued,  holders of Notes and
Certificates  will not be recognized  by the  Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible
Lender Trustee as "Noteholders" or "Certificateholders",  as the case may be (as
such terms are used in the  Indenture  and the Trust  Agreement,  respectively).
Hence, until Definitive  Securities are issued,  holders of such Securities will
only be able to exercise the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly through DTC,
Cedel or Euroclear and their respective participating organizations.

Amendment

     The  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  may be  amended  by the  parties
thereto,  without the consent of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders' for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the  provisions of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements or of modifying
in any manner the rights of  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders;  provided that
such action will not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Indenture
Trustee and the Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  materially and adversely  affect the
interest of any  Noteholder  or  Certificateholder.  The Transfer and  Servicing
Agreements  may also be amended by the  Seller,  the  Administrator,  the Master
Servicer,  the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable,
with the  consent of the  holders  of Notes  evidencing  at least a majority  in
principal amount of the then  outstanding  Notes and the holders of Certificates
evidencing  at least a majority  of the  Certificate  Balance for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of such  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  or of modifying in any
manner the rights of Noteholders or the Certificateholders;  provided,  however,
that no such  amendment  may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of,
or accelerate or delay the timing of,  collections  of payments  (including  any
Guarantee  Payments) with respect to the Financed Student Loans or distributions
that  are  required  to be  made  for  the  benefit  of the  Noteholders  or the
Certificateholders  or (ii)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage  of the Notes or
Certificates  which are required to consent to any such  amendment,  without the
consent of the holders of all the outstanding Notes and Certificates.

Insolvency Event

       
     The Trust Agreement provides that the Eligible Lender Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the Trust
without the unanimous prior approval of all  Certificateholders and the delivery
to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  by each  Certificateholder  of a  certificate
certifying  that such  Certificateholder  reasonably  believes that the Trust is
insolvent.

Payment of Notes

     Upon the payment in full of all outstanding  Notes and the satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture,  the Eligible Lender Trustee will succeed to all the
rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders  will succeed to all
the rights of the  Noteholders,  under the Sale  Agreement,  except as otherwise
provided therein.

   
Seller Liability

     Under the Trust  Agreement,  the Seller will agree to be liable directly to
an  injured  party for the  entire  amount of any  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Certificateholder in
the capacity of an investor) arising out of or based on the arrangement  created
by the Trust Agreement as though such  arrangement  created a partnership  under
the Delaware  Revised Uniform Limited  Partnership Act in which the Seller was a
general  partner.  Such  obligation  will not apply in the event an  opinion  of
counsel is delivered to the effect that the deletion of such obligation will not
cause the Trust to be classified as an  association or other entity taxable as a
corporation for relevant state income and franchise tax purposes.
    

Termination

   
     The obligations of the Master Servicer, the Seller, the Administrator,  the
Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements will terminate upon (i) the maturity or other  liquidation
of the last Financed  Student Loan and the  disposition  of any amount  received
upon liquidation of any remaining Financed Student Loans and (ii) the payment to
the Noteholders and the Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to
them  pursuant  to the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements.  In order to avoid
excessive  administrative  expense,  the  Seller is  permitted  at its option to
repurchase  from the Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  as of the end of any Collection
Period  immediately  preceding a Distribution Date, if the then outstanding Pool
Balance  is 5% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  all  remaining  Financed
Student  Loans  at a price  equal  to the  aggregate  Purchase  Amounts  of such
Financed  Student  Loans,   resulting  in  the  concurrent   retirement  of  the
Securities.  Upon termination of the Trust, all right, title and interest in the
Financed Student Loans and other funds of the Trust,  after giving effect to any
final  distributions to Noteholders and  Certificateholders  therefrom,  will be
conveyed and transferred to the Seller.

     Any  Financed  Student  Loans  remaining  in the Trust as of the end of the
Collection Period immediately  following the Distribution Date on which the Pool
Balance is less than or equal to 10% of the Initial Pool Balance will be offered
for sale by the Indenture  Trustee as of the succeeding  Distribution  Date (the
"Auction  Distribution Date"). First Union--North  Carolina,  its affiliates and
unrelated  third parties may offer bids to purchase such Financed  Student Loans
as of such succeeding  Distribution Date. If at least two bids are received, the
Indenture Trustee will solicit and resolicit bids from all participating bidders
until only one bid remains or the remaining  bidders  decline to resubmit  bids.
The Indenture  Trustee will accept the highest of such  remaining  bids if it is
equal to or in excess of the higher of the Minimum  Purchase Amount and the fair
market  value of such  Financed  Student  Loans as of the end of the  Collection
Period immediately preceding the Auction Distribution Date. If at least two bids
are not  received  or the  highest  bid  after  the  resolicitation  process  is
completed  is not equal to or in excess of the  higher of the  Minimum  Purchase
Amount and the fair market value of the Financed  Student  Loans,  the Indenture
Trustee will not consummate such sale. The Indenture  Trustee may consult,  and,
at the  direction  of the  Seller,  shall  consult,  with a  financial  advisor,
including the Underwriters or the Administrator, to determine if the fair market
value of the Financed  Student Loans has been  offered.  The net proceeds of any
such sale  will be used to  redeem  any  outstanding  Notes  and to  retire  any
outstanding  Certificates on such Auction  Distribution Date. If the sale is not
consummated  in accordance  with the foregoing,  the Indenture  Trustee may, but
shall not be under any  obligation  to,  solicit  bids to purchase  the Financed
Student Loans on future Distribution Dates upon terms similar to those described
above.  In the event the Financed  Student Loans are not sold in accordance with
the foregoing, on each subsequent Distribution Date, if the amount on deposit in
the Reserve  Account  (after  giving  effect to all  withdrawals  therefrom on a
Distribution  Date,  except  withdrawals  payable to the Seller  other than as a
Certificateholder)  is in excess of the Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for
such Distribution  Date, the Administrator  will direct the Indenture Trustee to
distribute the amount of such excess as an accelerated  payments of principal on
the Notes and Certificates. "Minimum Purchase Amount" means an amount that would
be sufficient to (i) reduce the  outstanding  principal  amount of each class of
Notes  then  outstanding  on  such  Distribution  Date  to  zero,  (ii)  pay  to
Noteholders  the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount  payable  on such
Distribution Date, (iii) reduce the Certificate Balance to zero, (iv) pay to the
Certificateholders the Certificateholders'  Interest Distribution Amount payable
on such  Distribution  Date and (v) pay the aggregate  fees and expenses of such
auction.
    

Administrator

   
     First Union--North  Carolina, in its capacity as Administrator,  will enter
into the  Administration  Agreement with the Trust and the Indenture Trustee and
the Master Servicing  Agreement with the Trust, the Seller,  the Master Servicer
and the Eligible Lender Trustee, pursuant to which the Administrator will agree,
to the extent  provided  therein,  (i) in the event that daily deposits into the
Collection  Account are not required,  to deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee for
deposit  in any of the Trust  Accounts  any  required  payment  on or before the
business day prior to any Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date or any  Distribution
Date, as applicable,  (ii) to direct the Indenture  Trustee to make the required
distributions from the Trust Accounts on each Monthly Servicing Payment Date and
each  Distribution  Date,  (iii) to prepare  (based on the  quarterly and annual
reports received from the Master  Servicer) and provide  monthly,  quarterly and
annual  statements to the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee with
respect to distributions to Noteholders and  Certificateholders  and any related
federal income tax reporting  information and (iv) to provide the notices and to
perform other administrative  obligations  required by the Indenture,  the Trust
Agreement  and  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement.   As  compensation  for  the
performance  of  the   Administrator's   obligations  under  the  Administration
Agreement  and the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  and as  reimbursement  for its
expenses   related   thereto,   the   Administrator   will  be  entitled  to  an
administration fee in an amount equal to __________ (the "Administration Fee").
    
                            CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF
                           THE FINANCED STUDENT LOANS

Transfer of Financed Student Loans

     The Seller intends that the transfer of the Financed Student Loans by it to
the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust  constitutes a valid sale and
assignment of such Financed Student Loans. In addition, the Seller has taken and
will take all actions that are required  under  applicable  state law to perfect
the Eligible Lender Trustee's  ownership  interest in the Financed Student Loans
and the collections with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
transfer  of the  Financed  Student  Loans  is  deemed  to be an  assignment  of
collateral as security for the benefit of the Trust,  the Financed Student Loans
would be considered  general  intangibles for purposes of the applicable Uniform
Commercial  Code (the  "UCC").  If such  transfer is deemed to create a security
interest,  the UCC  applies and filing an  appropriate  financing  statement  or
statements  is also required in order to perfect the Eligible  Lender  Trustee's
security  interest.  A financing  statement or statements  covering the Financed
Student  Loans  will be filed  under  the UCC to  protect  the  interest  of the
Eligible  Lender Trustee in the event the transfer by the Seller is deemed to be
subject to the UCC. If a transfer of general intangibles is deemed to be a sale,
then the UCC is not  applicable  and no further action under the UCC is required
to protect the Eligible Lender Trustee's interest from third parties.

     If the transfer of the Financed Student Loans is deemed to be an assignment
as  security  for  the  benefit  of  the  Trust,   there  are  certain   limited
circumstances under the UCC in which prior or subsequent transferees of Financed
Student  Loans  coming  into  existence  after the  Closing  Date  could have an
interest in such Financed  Student Loans with priority over the Eligible  Lender
Trustee's  interest.  A tax or other  government  lien on property of the Seller
arising prior to the time a Financed  Student Loan comes into existence may also
have priority over the interest of the Eligible  Lender Trustee in such Financed
Student  Loan.  Furthermore,  if  the  FDIC  were  appointed  as a  receiver  or
conservator  of the Seller,  the FDIC's  administrative  expenses  may also have
priority  over the  interest of the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee in such  Financed
Student Loans. Under the Sale Agreement,  however,  the Seller will warrant that
it has transferred the Financed  Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee on
behalf of the Trust free and clear of the lien of any third party.  In addition,
the Seller will  covenant  that it will not sell,  pledge,  assign,  transfer or
grant any lien on any Financed Student Loan (or any interest therein) other than
to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust, except as provided below.

     Pursuant  to  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Master  Servicer  as
custodian  on behalf of the Trust will be  responsible  for, and will cause each
Subservicer,   pursuant  to  the  respective   Subservicing   Agreement,  to  be
responsible  for  maintaining  custody of the  promissory  notes  evidencing the
Financed  Student Loans following the sale of the Financed  Student Loans to the
Eligible Lender  Trustee.  Although the accounts of the Seller will be marked to
indicate the sale and although the Seller will cause UCC financing statements to
be filed with the appropriate  authorities,  the Financed Student Loans will not
be  physically  segregated,  stamped or otherwise  marked to indicate  that such
Financed  Student  Loans  have been sold to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee.  If,
through  inadvertence or otherwise,  any of the Financed Student Loans were sold
to another party, or a security  interest therein were granted to another party,
that purchased (or took such security  interest in) any of such Financed Student
Loans  in the  ordinary  course  of its  business  and took  possession  of such
Financed  Student Loans,  then the purchaser (or secured party) would acquire an
interest in the Financed  Student Loans superior to the interest of the Eligible
Lender Trustee if the purchaser (or secured party)  acquired (or took a security
interest  in) the  Financed  Student  Loans  for new value  and  without  actual
knowledge of the Eligible Lender  Trustee's  interest.  See  "Description of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and -- Master Servicer Covenants".

Certain Matters Relating to Receivership

     The FDIA,  as amended by FIRREA,  sets forth  certain  powers that the FDIC
could exercise if it were appointed as receiver or conservator of the Seller.

     Subject to clarification by FDIC regulations or  interpretations,  it would
appear from the positions  taken by the FDIC that the FDIC, in its capacity as a
receiver or  conservator  for the Seller,  would not  interfere  with the timely
transfer to the Trust of collections with respect to the Financed Student Loans.
To the extent  that the  transfer  of the  Financed  Student  Loans is deemed to
create a security  interest,  and that interest was validly perfected before the
Seller's insolvency and was not taken in contemplation of insolvency or with the
intent to hinder,  delay or  defraud  the  Seller or its  creditors,  based upon
opinions  and  statements  of policy  issued by the general  counsel of the FDIC
addressing the enforceability against the FDIC, as conservator or receiver for a
depository  institution,  of a security  interest in collateral  granted by such
depository  institution,  such  security  interest  should  not  be  subject  to
avoidance  and payments to the Trust with respect to the Financed  Student Loans
should  not be  subject  to stay or to  recovery  by the  FDIC  as  receiver  or
conservator  of the  Seller.  If,  however,  the FDIC were to assert a  contrary
position,  certain  provisions  of the FDIA may be  asserted  by the  FDIC,  and
thereby  possibly  result in delays and  reductions in payments on the Notes and
the Certificates. In addition, if the FDIC were to require the Indenture Trustee
or the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee to  establish  its right to such  payments  by
submitting to and completing the administrative claims procedure under the FDIA,
as amended by FIRREA,  delays in payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and
possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.

     In the  event of a Master  Servicer  Default  or an  Administrator  Default
resulting  solely from certain events of insolvency or bankruptcy that may occur
with respect to the Master Servicer or the Administrator,  a court, conservator,
receiver  or  liquidator  may have the power to  prevent  either  the  Indenture
Trustee  or  Noteholders   from  appointing  a  successor   Master  Servicer  or
Administrator,  as the  case  may  be.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreements -- Rights Upon Master Servicer  Default and  Administrator
Default".

Consumer Protection Laws

   
     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance.  Also,  unless preempted by federal law, some state laws impose finance
charge ceilings and other  restrictions  on certain  consumer  transactions  and
require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those required under federal law.
These requirements  impose specific statutory  liabilities upon lenders who fail
to comply  with their  provisions.  In certain  circumstances,  the Trust may be
liable for  certain  violations  of consumer  protection  laws that apply to the
Financed  Student  Loans,  either as  assignee  from the  Seller or as the party
directly  responsible  for  obligations  arising  after  the  transfer.   For  a
discussion  of the  Trust's  rights  if the  Financed  Student  Loans  were  not
originated or serviced in compliance  in all material  respects with  applicable
laws,  see  "Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale of
Financed Student Loans; Representations and Warranties" and " -- Master Servicer
Covenants".
    

Loan Origination and Servicing Procedures Applicable to Financed Student Loans

     The Higher Education Act, including the implementing regulations thereunder
impose  specified  requirements,  guidelines  and  procedures  with  respect  to
originating  and  servicing  Student Loans such as the Financed  Student  Loans.
Generally,   those  procedures  require  that  completed  loan  applications  be
processed, a determination of whether an applicant is an eligible borrower under
applicable  standards  (including a review of a financial need analysis be made,
the borrower's  responsibilities  under the loan be explained to him or her, the
promissory  note  evidencing  the loan be executed by the borrower and then that
the loan proceeds be disbursed in a specified  manner by the lender).  After the
loan is made,  the lender  must  establish  repayment  terms with the  borrower,
properly  administer  Deferrals  and  Forbearances  and credit the  borrower for
payments made thereon.  If a borrower  becomes  delinquent in repaying a loan, a
lender  or  a  servicing  agent  must  perform  certain  collection   procedures
(primarily  telephone  calls and demand  letters)  which vary depending upon the
length of time a loan is delinquent.  The Master Servicer has agreed pursuant to
the Master Servicing Agreement to perform collection and servicing procedures on
behalf of the Trust.  However,  failure to follow these procedures or failure of
the Seller to follow  procedures  relating to the  origination  of any  Financed
Student  Loans  could  result in adverse  consequences.  In the case of any such
Financed  Student  Loans,  any such  failure  could  result in the  Department's
refusal to make  reinsurance  payments  to the  Guarantors  or to make  Interest
Subsidy Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments to the Eligible Lender Trustee
with respect to such  Financed  Student Loans or in the  Guarantors'  refusal to
honor their  Guarantee  Agreements with the Eligible Lender Trustee with respect
to such Financed Student Loans. Failure of the Guarantors to receive reinsurance
payments from the Department could adversely  affect the Guarantors'  ability or
legal obligation to make Guarantee  Payments to the Eligible Lender Trustee with
respect to such Financed Student Loans.

     Loss of any such Guarantee  Payments,  Interest Subsidy Payments or Special
Allowance  Payments could adversely  affect the amount of Available Funds on any
Distribution  Date and the Trust's  ability to pay principal and interest on the
Notes and to make  distributions in respect of the  Certificates.  Under certain
circumstances,  pursuant  to the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Seller  is
obligated to repurchase  any Financed  Student  Loan, or the Master  Servicer is
obligated  to  purchase  any  Financed   Student   Loan,  if  a  breach  of  the
representations,  warranties or covenants of the Seller or the Master  Servicer,
as the case may be, with  respect to such  Financed  Student Loan has a material
adverse effect on the interest of the Trust therein and such breach is not cured
within any applicable cure period (it being understood that any such breach that
does not affect any Guarantor's obligation to guarantee payment of such Financed
Student Loan will not be considered to have such a material adverse effect). See
"Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale of  Financed
Student  Loans;  Representations  and  Warranties"  and  "  --  Master  Servicer
Covenants".  The  failure of the Seller or the Master  Servicer to so purchase a
Financed  Student  Loan  would  constitute  a  breach  of the  Master  Servicing
Agreement,  enforceable by the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust or
by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders,  but would not constitute
an Event of Default under the Indenture.

Student Loans Generally Not Subject to Discharge in Bankruptcy

     The Financed Student Loans are generally not dischargeable by a borrower in
bankruptcy pursuant to the Federal bankruptcy code, unless (A) such Student Loan
first became due before seven years  (exclusive of any applicable  suspension of
the repayment  period)  before the date of the  bankruptcy or (B) excepting such
debt from discharge will impose an undue hardship on the debtor and the debtor's
dependents.

   
                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The  following  is  a  general  summary  of  material  federal  income  tax
consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and  disposition  of the Notes and the
Certificates.  The  summary  does not  purport to deal with  federal  income tax
consequences  applicable  to all  categories  of  holders,  some of which may be
subject to special rules. For example,  it does not discuss the tax treatment of
Noteholders  or  Certificateholders  that are  insurance  companies,  banks  and
certain other financial institutions,  regulated investment companies or dealers
in securities.  Moreover, there are no cases or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")
rulings on similar transactions  involving both debt and equity interests issued
by a trust with terms similar to those of the Notes and the  Certificates.  As a
result,  the IRS  may  disagree  with  all or a part  of the  discussion  below.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining
the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.
    

     The  following  summary is based upon  current  provisions  of the Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  the  Treasury  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  and  judicial  or  ruling  authority,  all of which are
subject to change,  which change may be retroactive.  The Trust will be provided
with an opinion of federal  tax counsel  regarding  certain  federal  income tax
matters  discussed  below.  An opinion of Federal tax counsel,  however,  is not
binding on the IRS or the courts. No ruling on any of the issues discussed below
will be sought from the IRS.

Tax Characterization of the Trust

     Federal tax  counsel  will  deliver its opinion at closing,  subject to the
assumptions and qualifications therein, and based on representations  referenced
therein, that, although not free from doubt, the Trust will not be classified as
an association  (or publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes.  The opinion will be based on the  assumption  that
the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents will be complied with, on
certain  representations,  and on counsel's  conclusions that (1) the Trust will
have  certain   characteristics   and  will   affirmatively   elect  not  to  be
characterized  as an association  taxable as a corporation and (2) the structure
of the  Trust  will  exempt  it from  the  rule  that  certain  publicly  traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations.

     If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes,
the Trust would be subject to corporate  income tax on its taxable  income.  The
Trust's  taxable  income would  include all its income on the  Financed  Student
Loans,  and  should be reduced by its  interest  expense on the Notes.  Any such
corporate income tax would materially  reduce cash available to make payments on
the Notes and distributions on the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be
liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust. Likewise, if the Trust were
subject to [state]  income tax or franchise tax, the amount of cash available to
make payments on the Notes would be reduced.

     Even if the Trust were not an  association  taxable as a corporation  under
the rules described  above, it would still be subject to corporate income tax if
it were a  "publicly  traded  partnership"  taxable as a  corporation.  However,
although the matter is not free from doubt,  because of the nature of the income
of the Trust, the Trust will not be a publicly traded  partnership  taxable as a
corporation.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

     Treatment  of the Notes as  Indebtedness.  The Seller will  agree,  and the
Noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes.  Federal tax counsel will deliver an opinion to
the Trust at closing that,  based on the terms of the Notes and the transactions
relating to the Financed  Student Loans as set forth  herein,  the Notes will be
classified  as debt for  federal  income tax  purposes.  There is,  however,  no
specific authority with respect to the characterization of the Notes for Federal
income tax  purposes  of  securities  having  the same  terms as the Notes.  The
discussion below assumes that the Notes will be characterized as debt.

     Stated  Interest.  Stated interest on the Notes will be taxable as ordinary
income for federal  income tax purposes  when  received or accrued in accordance
with the method of tax  accounting  of the  beneficial  owner of a Note (a "Note
Owner").

     Original Issue  Discount.  The  discussion  below assumes that the interest
formula for the Notes meets the  requirements  for "qualified  stated  interest"
under Treasury  regulations (the "OID  Regulations")  relating to original issue
discount ("OID").  However, because of limitations on the payment of interest on
the Notes to the extent of the Trust's having insufficient  Available Funds, the
IRS may contend that the Notes should be treated as having been issued with OID.
In such case, Note Owners  (regardless of whether they otherwise use the cash or
accrual method of accounting) would be required to include interest on the Notes
in  taxable  income on an  accrual  basis.  However,  until  the IRS  determines
otherwise,  the Trust intends to take the position that the Notes are not issued
with  OID.  A  holder  who  purchases  a Note at a  discount  that  exceeds  the
statutorily  defined de minimis  amount  will be subject to the market  discount
rules of the  Code,  and a holder  who  purchases  a Note at a  premium  will be
subject to the premium amortization rules of the Code.

     [A Note will be  treated  as issued  with OID if the  excess of the  Note's
"stated  redemption  price at maturity" over its issue price equals or exceeds a
de minimis  amount  equal to 1/4 of 1 percent of the  Note's  stated  redemption
price at maturity  multiplied  by the number of years (based on the  anticipated
weighted average life of the Notes,  calculated using the prepayment  assumption
used in pricing  the Notes  (the  "Prepayment  Assumption")  and  weighing  each
payment by reference  to the number of full years  elapsed from the closing date
prior to the anticipated date of such payment) to its maturity.  Generally,  the
issue price of a Class of Notes should be the first price at which a substantial
amount  of such  Class  of  Notes  is  sold  to  other  than  placement  agents,
underwriters, brokers or wholesalers. The stated redemption price at maturity of
a Note is generally  equal to all payments on the Note,  other than  payments of
"qualified  stated  interest."  Qualified stated interest  payments are interest
payments on the Notes that are  unconditionally  payable at least  annually at a
single  fixed  rate (or  certain  variable  rates)  applied  to the  outstanding
principal  amount of the obligation.  Assuming that interest is qualified stated
interest,  the  stated  redemption  price is  generally  expected  to equal  the
principal  amount of the Note.  Any de minimis OID must be included in income as
principal  payments are received on the Notes in the  proportion  that each such
payment bears to the original principal balance of the Note.]

     [If the Notes are treated as issued with OID, a Note Owner will be required
to include OID in income before the receipt of cash  attributable to such income
using a constant yield method. The amount of OID generally  includible in income
is the sum of the  daily  portions  of OID with  respect  to a Note for each day
during the taxable  year or portion of the taxable  year in which the Note Owner
holds the Note.  Special  provisions apply to debt instruments on which payments
may be accelerated due to prepayments of other  obligations  securing those debt
instruments.  Under  these  provisions,  the  computation  of OID on  such  debt
instruments  must be  determined  by taking  into  account  both the  Prepayment
Assumption  used in  pricing  the  debt  instrument  and the  actual  prepayment
experience.  As a result of these special  provisions,  the amount of OID on the
Notes  issued with OID that will accrue in any given  accrual  period may either
increase or decrease  depending  upon the actual  prepayment  rate.  Note Owners
should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding the impact of the OID rules in
the event that Notes are issued with OID.]

     [The  adjusted  issue  price of a Note is the sum of its issue  price  plus
prior  accruals of OID,  reduced by the total payments made with respect to such
Note in all prior periods, other than "qualified stated interest" payments.]

     Market Discount. The Notes, whether or not issued with OID, will be subject
to the "market  discount  rules" of Section 1276 of the Code. In general,  these
rules  provide that if the Note Owner  purchases  the Note at a market  discount
(that is, a discount  from its stated  redemption  price at maturity  or, if the
Notes were  issued with OID,  adjusted  issue  price) that  exceeds a de minimis
amount  specified  in  the  Code  and  thereafter  (a)  recognizes  gain  upon a
disposition,  or (b) receives payments of principal, the lesser of (i) such gain
or principal  payment,  or (ii) the accrued  market  discount,  will be taxed as
ordinary  interest  income.  Generally,  market discount accrues in the ratio of
stated interest  allocable to the relevant period to the sum of the interest for
such period plus the remaining  interest as of the end of such period, or in the
case of a Note issued  with OID,  in the ratio of OID  accrued for the  relevant
period to the sum of the OID accrued for such period plus the  remaining  OID as
of the end of such period. A Note Owner may elect, however, to determine accrued
market discount under the constant yield method.

     Limitations imposed by the Code which are intended to match deductions with
the  taxation  of income  may defer  deductions  for  interest  on  indebtedness
incurred or continued,  or short-sale expenses incurred,  to purchase or carry a
Note with  accrued  market  discount.  A Note Owner may elect to include  market
discount  in gross  income as it accrues  and,  if such Note Owner makes such an
election,  is exempt from this rule.  Any such  election  will apply to all debt
instruments  acquired  by the  taxpayer  on or after  the first day of the first
taxable  year to which  such  election  applies.  The  adjusted  basis of a Note
subject to such election will be increased to reflect market  discount  included
in gross income,  thereby  reducing any gain or increasing any loss on a sale or
taxable disposition.

     Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. A Note Owner may
elect to include in gross income all  interest  that accrues on a Note using the
constant  yield  method  described  above  under the heading  "--Original  Issue
Discount," with  modifications  described  below. For purposes of this election,
interest includes stated interest,  acquisition  discount,  OID, de minimis OID,
market discount,  de minimis market discount and unstated interest,  as adjusted
by any amortizable  bond premium  (described  below under " -- Amortizable  Bond
Premium") or acquisition premium.

     In applying the constant  yield method to a Note with respect to which this
election  has been made,  the issue  price of the Note will  equal the  adjusted
basis of the electing Note Owner in the Note immediately  after its acquisition,
the issue date of the Note will be the date of its  acquisition  by the electing
Note Owner, and no payments on the Note will be treated as payments of qualified
stated  interest.  This  election  will  generally  apply  only to the Note with
respect to which it is made and may not be revoked  without  the  consent of the
IRS. Note Owners should consult their own tax advisors as to the effect in their
circumstances of making this election.

     Amortizable Bond Premium. In general, if a Note Owner purchases a note at a
premium  (that is, an amount in excess of the amount  payable  upon the maturity
thereof),  such Note Owner will be considered to have  purchased  such Note with
"amortizable  bond premium" equal to the amount of such excess.  Such Note Owner
may elect to amortize such bond premium as an offset to interest  income and not
as a separate  deduction  item as it accrues under a constant  yield method over
the remaining term of the Note.  Such Note Owner's tax basis in the Note will be
reduced by the amount of the  amortized  bond premium.  Any such election  shall
apply to all debt  instruments  (other than instruments the interest on which is
excludable  from gross  income)  held by the Note Owner at the  beginning of the
first taxable year for which the election applies or thereafter  acquired and is
irrevocable  without  the consent of the IRS.  Bond  premium on a Note held by a
Note Owner who does not elect to amortize the premium will  decrease the gain or
increase the loss otherwise recognized on the disposition of the Note.

     Disposition  of Notes.  The  adjusted tax basis of a Note Owner will be its
cost,  increased by the amount of any OID,  market  discount and gain previously
included  in income with  respect to the Note,  and reduced by the amount of any
payments on the Note that is not  qualified  stated  interest  and the amount of
bond premium  previously  amortized  with respect to the Note. A Note Owner will
generally  recognize  gain or loss on the sale or  retirement of a Note equal to
the difference between the amount realized on the sale or retirement and the tax
basis of the Note. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss (except to the
extent  attributable  to accrued but unpaid interest or as described above under
"-- Market  Discount," and, in the event of a prepayment or redemption,  any not
yet accrued OID) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held
for more than one year.  Capital  losses  generally  may be deducted only to the
extent the Note Owner has capital  gains for the taxable  year,  although  under
certain  circumstances  non-corporate  Note Owners can deduct  capital losses in
excess of available capital gains.

[Waivers and Amendments

     The  Indenture  will permit the Note Owners to waive an event of default or
rescind an  acceleration of the Notes in some  circumstances  upon a vote of the
requisite  percentage  of Note  Owners.  Any such waiver or  rescission,  or any
amendment  of the terms of the Notes,  could be treated for  federal  income tax
purposes as a constructive  exchange by a Note Owner of the Notes for new notes,
upon which gain or loss would be recognized.]

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     The Indenture  Trustee will be required to report  annually to the IRS, and
to each Note  Owner,  the amount of  interest  paid on the Notes (and the amount
withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year,  except as to
exempt recipients (generally, corporations, tax exempt organizations,  qualified
pension  and  profit-sharing   trusts,   individual   retirement  accounts,   or
nonresident  aliens who provide  certification  as to their  status).  Each Note
Owner (other than Note Owners who are not subject to the reporting requirements)
will  be  required  to  provide,  under  penalties  of  perjury,  a  certificate
containing   the  Note  Owner's  name,   address,   correct   federal   taxpayer
identification  number (which includes a social security number) and a statement
that the Holder is not subject to backup  withholding.  Should a non-exempt Note
Owner fail to provide the  required  certification  or should the IRS notify the
Indenture  Trustee or the [Issuer] that the Note Owner has provided an incorrect
federal  taxpayer  identification  number  or is  otherwise  subject  to  backup
withholding,  the Indenture Trustee will be required to withhold (or cause to be
withheld) 31% of the interest otherwise payable to the Note Owner, and remit the
withheld  amounts to the IRS as a credit against the Note Owner's federal income
tax liability.

     Proposed regulations ("Withholding  Proposals").) discussed below under "--
Tax Consequences to Foreign Investors" would, if finalized in their current form
and upon becoming  effective,  modify the foregoing rules conform them generally
to the rules proposed therein with respect to withholding of U.S. tax on certain
payments to foreign persons. Prospective Note Owners who are foreign persons are
urged to consult their own tax advisors  with respect to the possible  impact of
the Withholding Proposals on their particular situations.

Tax Consequences to Foreign Investors

     The following  information  describes the U.S. federal income tax treatment
of investors  that are not U.S.  persons (each,  a "Foreign  Person").  The term
"Foreign  Person"  means any person  other than (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States,  (ii) a corporation,  partnership or other entity organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,  (iii)
an estate the income of which is  includible  in gross  income for U.S.  federal
income  tax  purposes,   regardless  of  its  source,  or  (iv)  a  trust  whose
administration  is subject to the primary  supervision  of a United States court
and which has one or more United  States  fiduciaries  who have the authority to
control all substantial decisions of the trust.

   
          (a)  Interest  paid  or  accrued  to a  Foreign  Person  that  is  not
     effectively  connected  with the conduct of a trade or business  within the
     United  States  by  the  Foreign  Person,   will  generally  be  considered
     "portfolio  interest"  and  generally  will not be subject to United States
     federal income tax and  withholding  tax, as long as the Foreign Person (i)
     is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the [Issuer
     or First  Union--Pennsylvania]  or a "controlled foreign  corporation" with
     respect to which the  [Issuer or First  Union--Pennsylvania]  is a "related
     person"  within the meaning of the Code,  and (ii) provides an  appropriate
     statement, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the holder is
     a Foreign Person and providing that Foreign  Person's name and address.  If
     the information provided in this statement changes, the Foreign Person must
     so  inform  the  Indenture  Trustee  within  30 days of  such  change.  The
     statement  generally  must be provided  in the year a payment  occurs or in
     either of the two  preceding  years.  If such  interest  were not portfolio
     interest,  then it would be subject  to United  States  federal  income and
     withholding  tax at a rate  of 30  percent  unless  reduced  or  eliminated
     pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.
    

          (b) Any capital gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition
     of a Note by a Foreign  Person will be exempt from  United  States  federal
     income and withholding  tax,  provided that (i) the gain is not effectively
     connected  with the conduct of a trade or business in the United  States by
     the Foreign Person,  and (ii) in the case of an individual  Foreign Person,
     the Foreign Person is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
     in the taxable year and certain other requirements are met.

          (c) If the interest, gain or income on a Note held by a Foreign Person
     is  effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or business in the
     United States by the Foreign Person,  the holder  (although exempt from the
     withholding  tax  previously  discussed  if a duly  executed  Form  4224 is
     furnished) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on
     the  interest,  gain or income at regular  federal  income  tax  rates.  In
     addition, if the Foreign Person is a foreign corporation, it may be subject
     to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent of its  "effectively  connected
     earnings and profits"  within the meaning of the Code for the taxable year,
     as adjusted for certain  items,  unless it qualifies for a lower rate under
     an applicable tax treaty.

     The Withholding  Proposals were published in the Federal  Register on April
22, 1996. If and when finalized,  the Withholding  Proposals would substantially
modify the existing rules  summarized  above for the  withholding of U.S. tax on
payments of certain  kinds of income  (including  interest  and OID paid by U.S.
obligors) to foreign persons.  The Withholding  Proposals would, if finalized in
their  current form and upon becoming  effective,  make  significant  changes to
certain of the  procedures and  certification  requirements  described  above in
order to secure a reduction  in, or an  exemption  from,  U.S.  withholding  tax
otherwise  due with respect to payments to Note Owners who are foreign  persons.
Subject to certain  exceptions  and  transition  rules,  if  finalized  in their
current form,  the  Withholding  Proposals  would be effective for payments made
after  December 31, 1997,  regardless of the date of issuance of the  instrument
with respect to which those  payments are made.  There can be no assurance  that
the  Withholding  Proposals  will be  finalized  (whether  before or after their
proposed  effective  date)  or,  if they are  finalized,  that  they will not be
materially  modified from their current  form.  Prospective  Note Owners who are
foreign  persons are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the
possible impact of the Withholding Proposals on their particular situations.

Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes

     If,  contrary to the opinion of Federal tax counsel,  the IRS  successfully
asserted  that one or more of the  classes of Notes did not  represent  debt for
federal income tax purposes,  the Notes might be treated as equity  interests in
the Trust. If so treated,  the Trust might be taxable as a corporation  with the
adverse  consequences  described above (and the taxable corporation would not be
able to reduce its taxable  income by deductions  for interest  expense on Notes
recharacterized  as  equity).  Alternatively,  the Trust  might be  treated as a
publicly traded  partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation  because
it would meet certain  qualifying  income tests.  Nonetheless,  treatment of the
Notes as equity  interests  in such a  publicly  traded  partnership  could have
adverse tax  consequences to certain holders.  For example,  all or a portion of
the income  accrued by tax-exempt  entities  (including  pension funds) would be
"unrelated  business taxable income," income to foreign holders might be subject
to U.S.  federal  income  tax and U.S.  federal  income  tax  return  filing and
withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to limitations
on their ability to deduct their shares of Trust expenses including losses.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates

     Treatment of the Trust as a Partnership. The Seller and the Master Servicer
will  agree,  and  the  Certificateholders  will  agree  by  their  purchase  of
Certificates,  to treat the Trust as a  partnership  for purposes of federal and
state income tax, state  franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in
part by income,  with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the
Trust, the partners of the partnership being the  Certificateholders  (including
the Seller in its capacity as recipient of distributions from the Trust) and the
Notes  being  debt  of  the  partnership.  The  proper  characterization  of the
arrangement involving the Trust, the Certificates, the Notes, the Seller and the
Master  Servicer  is not  clear,  however,  because  there  is no  authority  on
transactions closely comparable to that contemplated herein. It is possible that
the Certificates could be considered debt of the Seller or the Trust because the
Certificates   have  certain   features   characteristic   of  debt.   Any  such
characterization  should not result in materially  adverse tax  consequences  to
Certificateholders  as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership.  The following  discussion assumes that
the Certificates represent equity interests in a partnership.

     Partnership  Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to take into
account  separately  such holder's  allocable  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions  and credits of the Trust (as described  below).  The Trust's  income
will consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on or with respect
to the Financed  Student Loans  (including  appropriate  adjustments  for market
discount,  OID and bond premium) and any gain upon  collection or disposition of
Financed  Student  Loans.  The Trust's  deductions  will  consist  primarily  of
interest accruing with respect to the Notes, servicing and other fees and losses
or deductions upon collection or disposition of Financed Student Loans.

     The tax  items  of a  partnership  are  allocable  among  the  partners  in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(here,  the Trust  Agreement and related  documents).  The Trust  Agreement will
provide that the Certificateholders generally will be allocated items of [gross]
income of the Trust for each  month  equal to the sum of (i) the  product of the
Certificate  Rate and the  Certificate  Balance for such  month,  (ii) an amount
equivalent to return that accrues during such month on amounts previously due on
the Certificates but not yet distributed, (iii) any Trust income attributable to
discount on the Financed  Student  Loans that  corresponds  to any excess of the
Certificate  Balance over their initial  issue price,  (iv)  prepayment  premium
payable to the  Certificateholders  for such month and (v) any other  amounts of
income payable to the  Certificateholders for such month. [All remaining taxable
income of the Trust will be  allocated  to the  Seller.]  Losses and  deductions
generally will not be allocated to the  Certificateholders  except to the extent
the  Master  Servicer  determines  that the  Certificateholders  are  reasonably
expected  to bear  the  economic  burden  of such  losses  or  deductions.  If a
Certificateholder   were  allocated   items  of  loss  and  deduction  that  are
characterized  as capital losses  (including  losses  recognized  upon the sale,
extension, revision or, in certain circumstances,  default of a Financed Student
Loan), such losses would generally be deductible by such  Certificateholder only
against  capital  gain  income  (whether  from the Trust or other  sources).  In
addition,  individual Certificateholders are generally subject to limitations on
their ability to deduct "miscellaneous  itemized deductions" of the Trust, which
include fees paid to the Master Servicer (but do not include interest expense on
the  Notes).  Finally,  individual  Certificateholders  may be  subject to other
limitations  on their ability to deduct losses and other  deductions,  including
limitations  applicable to investment interest, and should consult their own tax
advisors  regarding such  limitations.  As a consequence of the above  described
limitations   regarding   deduction   of  losses  and  other  Trust   items,   a
Certificateholder  could be  required to report  taxable  income that is greater
than the Certificateholder's gross income less losses and deductions.

     Under the method of allocation described above,  Certificateholders  may be
allocated  income  equal to the  entire  Certificate  Rate plus the other  items
described  above,  even though the Trust might not have  sufficient cash to make
current cash  distributions  of such amounts.  Thus,  cash basis holders will in
effect be required to report income from the  Certificates  on an accrual basis.
If a Certificateholder is allocated income in excess of cash distributions,  the
Certificateholder's basis in the Certificates will be increased by the amount of
such  excess,  which will  reduce any gain or  increase  any loss upon a sale or
other disposition of the Certificates, as described below under " -- Disposition
of  Certificates."  It is believed that this method of allocation  will be valid
under applicable Treasury  regulations,  although no assurance can be given that
the IRS would  not  require a  greater  amount  of  income  to be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.  It is also possible that the IRS would require the Trust to
allocate to Certificateholders net income (instead of gross income) equal to the
foregoing  amounts,  which  allocations would comprise items of gross income and
losses and deductions of the Trust.  If the Trust were to allocate net income to
Certificateholders' a Certificateholder's taxable income could exceed the amount
of net income allocated  because of limitations on the  deductibility of capital
losses and "miscellaneous itemized deductions" described above.

     As an alternative to the foregoing,  the IRS might treat Certificateholders
as receiving  guaranteed  payments  from the Trust,  in which event the payments
would be treated as ordinary  income but not as interest  income.  The Seller is
authorized  to adjust the  allocations  described  above to reflect the economic
income,  gain or loss to the  Certificateholders  (including  the  Seller) or as
otherwise required by the Code.

     A portion of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder  that is a
pension,  profit  sharing or employee  benefit plan or other  tax-exempt  entity
(including  an  individual  retirement  account)  will be treated as income from
"debt financed  property," which generally will be taxable as unrelated business
taxable income.

     The Eligible Lender Trustee intends to make all tax  calculations  relating
to income and allocations to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis. If the
IRS were to require that such  calculations  be made separately for each Student
Loan, the Trust might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed
that there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

     Discount and Premium.  It is believed  that the Financed  Student Loans may
have been issued (or may be issued) with OID. In the event that such OID exceeds
a de minimis  amount,  the Trust would have OID income.  As indicated  above,  a
portion of such OID income may be allocated to the Certificateholders.

     Moreover,  the purchase  price paid by the Trust for the  Financed  Student
Loans acquired by the Trust may be greater or less than the remaining  principal
balance  of the  Financed  Student  Loans at the time of  purchase.  If so,  the
Financed Student Loans will have been acquired at a premium or discount,  as the
case may be. (As indicated  above,  the Trust will make this  calculation  on an
aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a loan by loan basis.)
If the  Trust  acquires  the  Financed  Student  Loans at a market  discount  or
premium,  the Trust will elect to include any such discount in income  currently
as it accrues over the life of the Financed  Student Loans or to offset any such
premium  currently  against  interest  income on the Financed  Student Loans. As
indicated  above, a portion of such market discount income or premium  deduction
may be allocated to Certificateholders.

     Distributions to Certificateholders.  Certificateholders generally will not
recognize  gain  or loss  with  respect  to  distributions  from  the  Trust.  A
Certificateholder  will recognize  gain,  however,  to the extent that any money
distributed exceeds the  Certificateholder's  adjusted basis in the Certificates
(as described below under "-- Disposition of Certificates")  immediately  before
the distribution.  A  Certificateholder  will recognize loss upon termination of
the Trust or termination of the Certificateholder's interest in the Trust if the
Trust only distributes money to the Certificateholder and the amount distributed
is less than the  Certificateholder's  adjusted basis in the  Certificates.  Any
gain  or  loss  generally  will  be  long-term  capital  gain  or  loss  if  the
Certificateholder's holding period of the Certificates is more than one year.

   
     Section 708  Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to  terminate  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  if 50% or more of the
capital  and  profits  interests  in the  Trust are sold or  exchanged  within a
12-month period.  If such a termination  occurs,  the Trust will be deemed under
the Code to contribute all of its assets and  liabilities to a new Trust that is
a partnership in exchange for an interest in such new Trust,  and to immediately
thereafter  terminate  and  distribute  such  interest  in the new  Trust to the
Certificateholders in proportion to their respective interests in the terminated
Trust.  Such  deemed  termination  of the Trust  generally  should not result in
material  adverse tax consequences to  Certificateholders  (although such deemed
termination  may  accelerate  the  recognition  of  income  from the  Trust  for
Certificateholders  whose  taxable  year is different  than the Trust's  taxable
year).
    

       
     Disposition  of  Certificates.   A  Certificateholder  who  disposes  of  a
Certificate  generally  will  recognize  gain or loss in an amount  equal to the
difference between the amount realized and the  Certificateholder's tax basis in
the  Certificates.  The gain or loss  generally will be capital gain or loss and
will be long-term  capital  gain or loss if the holding  period is more than one
year. A Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate generally will equal the
holder's cost  increased by the holder's  share of Trust income  (includible  in
income)  and  decreased  by any  distributions  received  with  respect  to such
Certificate.  In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized  on a sale of a  Certificate  would  include  the  holder's  share  (as
determined  under  applicable  Treasury  regulations)  of the  Notes  and  other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such
Certificates,  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates  sold (rather
than  maintaining  a separate  tax basis in each  Certificate  for  purposes  of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

     Allocations  Between Transferors and Transferees.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income  and  losses  will be  determined  monthly  and tax  items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of the month. As a result, a holder purchasing  Certificates may
be  allocated  tax items  (which  will affect its tax  liability  and tax basis)
attributable to periods before the holder acquired the Certificates.

     The use of such a  monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the Certificateholder's  interest), taxable income
or losses of the Trust might be reallocated  among the  Certificateholders.  The
Seller is  authorized  to  revise  the  Trust's  method  of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform  to the  method  permitted  by future
regulations.

     Section  754  Election.  In the event  that a  Certificateholder  sells its
Certificates at a profit (or loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the Certificates  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election  under Section
754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be
involved in keeping the accounting  records  necessary if a Section 754 election
is made, as well as potentially onerous information reporting requirements,  the
Trust will not make such election.  As a result,  subsequent purchasers might be
allocated a greater or lesser  amount of Trust income than would be  appropriate
based on their own purchase price for Certificates.

     Administrative  Matters. The Eligible Lender Trustee is required to keep or
cause to be kept  complete and accurate  books of the Trust.  Such books will be
maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the
fiscal year of the Trust will be the calendar year. The Eligible  Lender Trustee
will file a partnership information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each
fiscal  year of the Trust and will  report  each  Certificateholder's  allocable
share of items of Trust income and expense to Certificateholders  and the IRS on
Schedule  K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information  to nominees
that fail to provide the Trust with the  information  statement  described below
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the Certificates. Generally,  Certificateholders must file tax returns
that are consistent with the information return filed by the Trust or be subject
to penalties unless the holder discloses the inconsistencies.

     Under  Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement  containing  certain  information about the nominee,  the beneficial
owners and the  Certificates  so held. Such  information  includes (i) the name,
address and  taxpayer  identification  number of the nominee and (ii) as to each
beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address and taxpayer  identification  number of
such person,  (y) whether such person is a United  States  person,  a tax-exempt
entity or a  foreign  government,  international  organization  or wholly  owned
agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing and (z) certain information
about  Certificates  that were  held,  bought  or sold on behalf of such  person
throughout the year. In addition,  brokers and financial  institutions that hold
Certificates  through a nominee are  required  to furnish  directly to the Trust
information  about  themselves and their ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing
agency  registered  under  Section 17A of the  Exchange  Act is not  required to
furnish any such information statement to the Trust. The information referred to
above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished  to the Trust on or before  the
following January 31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide  the  Trust  with the  information  described  above may be  subject  to
penalties.

     The  Seller  will be  designated  as the tax  matters  partner in the Trust
Agreement   and,   as  such,   will  be   responsible   for   representing   the
Certificateholders   in  any  dispute  with  the  IRS.  The  Code  provides  for
administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if  the  partnership  were  a
separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership  information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the Trust by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could
result in an  adjustment  of the returns of the  Certificateholders  and,  under
certain  circumstances,  a  Certificateholder  may be precluded from  separately
litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could
also  result in an audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and  adjustments  of
items not related to the income and losses of the Trust.

     Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders.  No regulations,  published
rulings or judicial decisions exist that discuss the  characterization  for U.S.
federal  withholding  tax  purposes  with  respect  to  non-U.S.  persons  of  a
partnership with activities  substantially  the same as the Trust.  Accordingly,
the Trustee intends to withhold tax in the maximum amount that could be required
under different interpretations of the applicable Code provisions.

     If the Trust were  considered  to be engaged in a trade or  business in the
United States for such  purposes,  the income of the Trust  allocable to Foreign
Persons  would be subject to U.S.  federal  withholding  tax pursuant to Section
1446 of the Code at a rate of 35% for persons taxable as a corporation and 39.6%
for all other Foreign Persons.  Also, in such case, a Foreign  Certificateholder
that is a corporation  may be subject to the branch profits tax. If a beneficial
owner of the  Certificates  is a Foreign  Person,  the  withholding  agent  will
withhold  an amount at least  equal to the amount  that would be  required to be
withheld if it were engaged in a trade or business in the United States in order
to  protect  the Trust  from  possible  adverse  consequences  of a  failure  to
withhold.  Subsequent adoption of Treasury  regulations or the issuance of other
administrative  pronouncements  may require the Trust to change its  withholding
procedures.  Each  Foreign  Certificateholder  might be  required to file a U.S.
individual  or  corporate  income  tax  return  (including  in  the  case  of  a
corporation, the branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income.

     Each Foreign Certificateholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number
from the IRS and  submit  that  number to the  withholding  agent on Form W-8 in
order  to  assure  appropriate  crediting  of  any  taxes  withheld.  A  Foreign
Certificateholder  generally  would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for
refund with respect to withheld  taxes,  taking the position  that no taxes were
due  because  the Trust was not engaged in a U.S.  trade or  business.  However,
interest  payments  made (or  accrued) to a  Certificateholder  who is a Foreign
Person may be  characterized  as other than  "portfolio  interest." As a result,
even if the Trust is not  considered to be engaged in a U.S.  trade or business,
Foreign Certificateholders will likely be subject to withholding tax pursuant to
Section  1441 or 1442 of the Code at a rate of 30  percent  on the gross  amount
allocated to such Certificateholders'  unless such rate is reduced or eliminated
pursuant to an applicable treaty. Consequently,  if a holder of a Certificate is
a Foreign Person,  the withholding  agent will withhold from the gross amount of
income of the Trust allocated to Foreign Certificateholders at a rate of 30% (to
the extent such amount  exceeds the amount  withheld  pursuant to the  preceding
paragraph) in order to protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a
failure to withhold. A Foreign  Certificateholder would generally be entitled to
file with the IRS a refund claim for such  withheld  taxes,  taking the position
that the interest was portfolio interest.  However,  the IRS may disagree and no
assurance can be given as to the appropriate amount of tax liability.

         AS A RESULT OF THE FOREGOING,  THE CERTIFICATES GENERALLY SHOULD NOT BE
PURCHASED BY FOREIGN PERSONS.

     Backup  Withholding.  Proceeds  from  the sale of the  Certificate  will be
subject   to  a  "backup"   withholding   tax  of  31%  if,  in   general,   the
Certificateholder   is  a  U.S.   person  and  fails  to  comply  with   certain
identification  procedures,  unless the Certificateholder is an exempt recipient
under applicable provisions of the Code.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     [The above  discussion does not otherwise  address the tax treatment of the
related  Trust  or  the  Notes,  the   Certificates,   the  Noteholders  or  the
Certificateholders  under any state or local tax  laws.  The  activities  of the
Master  Servicer in servicing and  collecting  the Trust Student Loans will take
place at each of the  locations at which the Master  Servicer's  operations  are
conducted  and,  therefore,  different  tax  regimes  apply to the Trust and the
Securityholders.  Prospective  investors are urged to consult with their own tax
advisors  regarding  the state and local tax  treatment of the related  Trust as
well as any state and local tax consequences to them of purchasing,  holding and
disposing of the Notes and the Certificates.]

     THE FEDERAL AND STATE TAX  DISCUSSIONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE ARE  INCLUDED  FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S
OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO THEM OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES  UNDER  STATE,  LOCAL,  FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE
EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

   
     The Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1988, as amended (the "Code"),
impose certain restrictions on (a) employee benefit plans (as defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA)  subject  to Title I of ERISA,  (b) plans  described  in  Section
4975(e)(1)  of the Code,  including  individual  retirement  accounts  and Keogh
plans, (c) any entities whose underlying  assets include plan assets (as defined
in U.S.  Department  of Labor  Regulation  ss.2510.3-101)  by reason of a plan's
investment in such entities (each of (a), (b) and (c), a "Plan") and (d) persons
who have certain  specified  relationships  to such Plans ("Parties in Interest"
under ERISA and "Disqualified Persons" under the Code).  Moreover,  based on the
reasoning of the United  States  Supreme  Court in John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v.
Harris Trust and Sav. Bank, 510 U.S. 86 (1993),  an insurance  company's general
account may be deemed to include  assets of the Plans  investing  in the general
account (e.g. through the purchase of an annuity  contract),  and such insurance
company might be treated as a Party in Interest with respect to a Plan by virtue
of such  investment.  ERISA  also  imposes  certain  duties on  persons  who are
fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to Title I of ERISA, and ERISA and
the Code prohibit certain transactions between a Plan and Parties in Interest or
Disqualified  Persons with respect to such Plans. A governmental plan as defined
in Section  3(32) of ERISA is not subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code. However,  such a governmental plan may be subject to a federal,  state
or local law which is, to a material extent, similar to the foregoing provisions
of ERISA or the Code ("Similar Law").
    

     The Seller,  the Master Servicer,  the  Administrator,  the Eligible Lender
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee may be the sponsor of or  investment  advisor
with  respect to one or more Plans.  Because  such  parties may receive  certain
benefits in  connection  with the sale of the Notes,  the  purchase of the Notes
using Plan assets over which any of such parties has investment  authority might
be deemed to be a violation of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the
Code for which no exemption may be available.  Accordingly, the Notes may not be
purchased  using  the  assets  of any  Plan  if any of the  Seller,  the  Master
Servicer,  the  Administrator,  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee or the  Indenture
Trustee has investment authority with respect to such assets.

   
     In  addition,  a  Certificateholder,  because  of  its  activities  or  the
activities of its respective affiliates, may be deemed to be a Party in Interest
or Disqualified Person with respect to certain Plans,  including but not limited
to Plans  sponsored  by such  Certificateholder.  If the Notes are acquired by a
Plan  with  respect  to  which a  Certificateholder  is a Party in  Interest  or
Disqualified Person, such transaction could be deemed to be a direct or indirect
violation of the prohibited  transaction rules of ERISA and the Code unless such
transaction were subject to one or more statutory or  administrative  exemptions
such as Prohibited  Transaction  Class  Exemption  84-14,  which exempts certain
transactions  effected on behalf of a Plan by a  "qualified  professional  asset
manager".  It should be noted, however, that even if the conditions specified in
one of these  exemptions are met, the scope of relief  provided by the exemption
may not  necessarily  cover  all acts  that  might be  construed  as  prohibited
transactions.

     Accordingly,  prior to making an  investment in the Notes,  each  fiduciary
causing  the  Notes  to be  purchased  by or  with  the  assets  of a Plan  or a
governmental  plan subject to Similar Law must determine  whether,  and shall be
deemed  to  have  represented  that,  the  use of the  assets  of  such  Plan or
governmental  plan to  purchase  the Notes does not and will not  constitute  or
result in a  non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  in violation of Section 406 of
ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or Similar Law.

     Because the  Certificates  represent  equity  investments in the Trust, the
Certificates may not be purchased by or with assets of any Plan  (including,  as
applicable,  an insurance company  generalaccount deemed to include plan assets)
or any governmental plan subject to Similar Law. Accordingly,  each purchaser of
Certificates  will be deemed to have  represented that it is neither such a Plan
nor is using the assets of such a Plan or  governmental  plan to purchase any of
the Certificates,  and to have agreed that if such Certificates are subsequently
deemed to be plan assets, it will dispose of them.

     In this regard,  it should be noted that the Small  Business Job Protection
Act of 1996  added new  Section  401(c) of ERISA  relating  to the status of the
assets of insurance company general accounts under ERISA and Section 4975 of the
Code.  Pursuant to Section 401(c),  the Department of Labor is required to issue
final  regulations (the "General Account  Regulations")  not later than December
31, 1997 with respect to  insurance  policies  issued on or before  December 31,
1998 that are supported by an insurer's  general  account.  The General  Account
Regulations  are to  provide  guidance  on  which  assets  held  by the  insurer
constitute "plan assets" for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provisions
of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. Section 401(c) also provides that, except
in the case of avoidance of the General  Account  Regulation and actions brought
by the Secretary of Labor relating to certain  breaches of fiduciary duties that
also constitute  breaches of state or federal  criminal law, until the date that
is 18 months after the General  Account  Regulations  become final, no liability
under the fiduciary  responsibility  and  prohibited  transaction  provisions of
ERISA and Section 4975 may result on the basis of a claim that the assets of the
general account of an insurance  company  constitute the plan assets of any such
Plan. The plan asset status of insurance company separate accounts is unaffected
by new Section  401(c) of ERISA,  and  separate  account  assets  continue to be
treated as the plan assets of any such Plan invested in a separate account.
    

     Prior to making an  investment  in the Notes,  prospective  Plan  investors
should consult with their legal advisors  concerning the impact of ERISA and the
Code and the potential  consequences  of such  investment  with respect to their
specific circumstances.  Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should take into account,
among other considerations,  whether the fiduciary has the authority to make the
investment;  whether the investment constitutes a direct or indirect transaction
with a Party in Interest;  the composition of the Plan's  portfolio with respect
to  diversification  by type of asset;  the Plan's funding  objectives;  the tax
effects of the investment;  and whether under the general fiduciary standards of
investment   procedure  and  diversification  an  investment  in  the  Notes  is
appropriate for the Plan's Investment portfolio.

   
     The sale of Notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation by the Seller
or the Underwriters  that this investment meets all relevant  requirements  with
respect to  investments by Plans  generally or any particular  Plan or that this
investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.
    

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
relating to the Notes and the Certificates (the "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the
Seller has  agreed to cause the Trust to sell to the  underwriters  named  below
(the  "Underwriters"),  and each of the  Underwriters  has  severally  agreed to
purchase,  the  principal  amount  of Class  A-1  Notes,  Class  A-2  Notes  and
Certificates set forth opposite its name:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Principal Amount of       Principal Amount of    Principal Amount of
                Underwriter                      Class A-1 Notes           Class A-2 Notes          Certificates
                -----------                      ---------------           ---------------          ------------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>                        <C>
First Union Capital Markets Corp.
   
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Smith Barney Inc.                            __________________        __________________       ________________
    
       
Total

</TABLE>

     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions  set forth  therein,  to purchase (i) all the Notes offered
hereby if any of the Notes are purchased and (ii) all the  Certificates  offered
hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.  The Seller has been advised by
the Underwriters that the Underwriters propose initially to offer the Securities
to the public at the respective public offering prices set forth on the covering
page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such prices less a concession
not in excess of  _____%;  per  Class  A-1 Note,  _____%  per Class A-2 Note and
_____% per Certificate.  The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow
to other  dealers a discount not in excess of _____% per Class A-1 Note,  _____%
per Class A-2 Note and _____% per Certificate. After the Securities are released
for sale to the  public,  the  offering  prices and other  selling  terms may be
varied by the Underwriters.

     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the Seller will  indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under applicable
securities  laws, or contribute to payments the  Underwriters may be required to
make in respect thereof.

     The Notes and Certificates are new issues of securities with no established
trading  market.  The  Seller  has been  advised  by the  Underwriters  that the
Underwriters  intend to make a market in the Notes and  Certificates but are not
obligated  to do so and may  discontinue  market  marking  at any  time  without
notice.  No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for
the Notes and Certificates.

     The Trust may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, but is
under no  obligation  to,  invest the funds in the Trust  Accounts  in  Eligible
Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

     The closing of the sale of the  Certificates  is conditioned on the closing
of the sale of the Notes and the closing of the sale of the Notes is conditioned
on the closing of the sale of the Certificates.

     Upon  receipt of a request by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus from the Underwriters or by such investor's representative within the
period  during  which  there is an  obligation  to  deliver  a  Prospectus,  the
applicable  Underwriter  will promptly  deliver to such investor a paper copy of
the Prospectus.

     During and after the offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Notes
and Certificates in the open market in transactions in the United States.  These
transactions  may  include   overallotment  and  stabilizing   transactions  and
purchases to cover short positions created in connection with the offering.  The
Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling  concessions allowed
to  broker-dealers in respect of the Notes and Certificates sold in the offering
for  their  account  may be  reclaimed  by the  Underwriters  if such  Notes and
Certificates  are  repurchased  by the  Underwriters  in stabilizing or covering
transactions.  These activities may stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the
market price of the Notes and  Certificates,  which may be higher than the price
that  might  otherwise  prevail in the open  market.  These  transaction  may be
effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise,  and these activities,  if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

     Each  Underwriter has represented and agreed that (a) it has not offered or
sold, and will not offer or sell Notes or  Certificates to persons in the United
Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary  activities  involve them in acquiring,
holding,  managing or disposing of  investments  (as principal or agent) for the
purposes  of  their  businesses  or  otherwise  in  circumstances  which  do not
constitute an offer to the public in the United  Kingdom for the purposes of the
Public  Offers of  Securities  Regulations  1995,  (b) it has  complied and will
comply with all  applicable  provisions  of the  Financial  Services Act 1986 of
Great  Britain with  respect to anything  done by it in relation to the Notes or
the Certificates  in, from or otherwise  involving the United Kingdom and (c) it
has only  issued  or  passed  on and will  only  issue or pass on in the  United
Kingdom  any  document  in  connection  with  the  issue  of  the  Notes  or the
Certificates  to a person who is of a kind  described  in  Article  11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1996
or is a person to whom the document may  otherwise  lawfully be issued or passed
on.

     No action has been or will be taken by the Seller or the Underwriters  that
would permit a public offering of the Notes and the  Certificates in any country
or jurisdiction  other than in the United States,  where action for that purpose
is required.  Accordingly,  the Notes and the Certificates may not be offered or
sold,  directly or  indirectly,  and neither this  Prospectus  nor any circular,
prospectus,  form  of  application,  advertisement  or  other  material  may  be
distributed in or from or published in any country or jurisdiction, except under
circumstances  that  will  result in  compliance  with any  applicable  laws and
regulations.  Persons into whose hands this Prospectus comes are required by the
Seller and the  Underwriters  to comply with all applicable laws and regulations
in each country or jurisdiction in which they purchase, sell or deliver Notes or
Certificates or have in their possession or distribute such  Prospectus,  in all
cases at their own expense.

     This  Prospectus  may be used by First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.,  an
affiliate of the Seller and Master Servicer, in connection with offers and sales
related to market-making  transactions in the Notes and the Certificates.  First
Union Capital Markets Corp. may act as principal or agent in such  transactions.
Such sales will be made at prices  related to  prevailing  market  prices at the
time of sale or otherwise.

     The  Seller is an  affiliate  of First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.  The
Underwriters  or agents and their  associates  may be  customers  of  (including
borrowers  from),  engage in transaction  with,  and/or perform services for the
Seller,  its  affiliates,  and the Indenture  Trustee in the ordinary  course of
business.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters  relating to the  Securities  will be passed upon for
the Trust, the Seller and the  Administrator  by Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft,
Charlotte,  North Carolina and for the Underwriters by Kilpatrick  Stockton LLP,
Charlotte,  North Carolina. Certain federal income tax and other matters will be
passed upon for the Trust by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft,  Charlotte,  North
Carolina.



<PAGE>



   
                  INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
    




     Set forth below is a list of defined terms used in this  Prospectus and the
pages on which the definitions of such terms may be found herein.

1
1992 Amendments....................................44
1993 Act...........................................44
5
52 Week T-Bill Rate................................74
9
91-day Treasury Bills...............................6
A
Adjusted Pool Balance...........................7, 72
Administration Agreement............................4
Administration Fee.............................28, 79
Administrator.......................................4
Administrator Default..............................76
Applicable Trustee.................................61
Auction Distribution Date.......................9, 78
Available Funds....................................69
C
Cede............................................3, 61
Cedel...........................................4, 62
Cedel Participants.................................62
Certificate Balance................................71
Certificate Final Payment Date..................8, 56
Certificate Pool Factor............................53
Certificate Rate...................................56
Certificateholders..................................6
Certificateholders' Principal Distribution Amount..71
Certificateholders' Distribution Amount............71
Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount...71
Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover....6, 71
Certificateholders' Interest Shortfall.............71
Certificateholders' Principal Shortfall............71
Certificates.....................................1, 4
Class A-1 Final Maturity Date...................8, 55
Class A-1 Note Pool Factor.........................53
Class A-1 Notes..................................1, 4
Class A-1 Rate.....................................54
Class A-2 Final Maturity Date...................8, 55
Class A-2 Note Pool Factor.........................53
Class A-2 Notes..................................1, 4
Class A-2 Rate.....................................54
Closing Date........................................5
Code.......................................14, 82, 91
Collection Account.................................11
Collection Period...................................7
Commission..........................................3
Consolidation Loans................................44
Cooperative........................................62
CSLF............................................2, 36
Cutoff Date.........................................2
D
Deferral...........................................33
Deferral Period....................................49
Definitive Certificates............................63
Definitive Notes...................................63
Definitive Securities..............................63
Department......................................2, 10
Depositaries.......................................61
Depository.........................................54
Determination Date.................................68
Disqualified Persons...............................91
Distribution Date................................2, 5
DOE Data Book......................................38
DTC..........................................3, 4, 61
E
Eligible Deposit Account...........................66
Eligible Institution...............................66
Eligible Investments...............................66
Eligible Lender Trustee..........................2, 5
ERISA..........................................14, 91
Euroclear.......................................4, 62
Euroclear Operator.................................62
Euroclear Participants.............................62
Event of Default...................................58
Exchange Act........................................3
Expected Interest Collections......................54
F
family contribution................................46
FDIA...............................................21
FDIC...............................................21
Federal Assistance.................................47
Federal Consolidation Loans........................44
Federal Direct Student Loan........................44
Federal Direct Student Loan Program................20
Federal Guarantors.................................36
Federal PLUS Loans.................................44
Federal Stafford Loans.............................44
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans................44
FFELP...........................................5, 43
Financed Student Loans.......................2, 5, 10
FIRREA.............................................21
First Union--North Carolina...................2, 4, 27
First Union--Pennsylvania.....................2, 4, 27
Forbearance........................................33
Forbearance Period.................................49
Foreign Person.....................................85
G
General Account Regulations........................92
Grace..............................................33
Grace Period.......................................49
Guarantee Agreement................................19
Guarantee Payments.................................19
Guaranteed Student Loan Program....................43
Guarantors.........................................10
H
Higher Education Act...............................18
I
Indenture...........................................5
Indenture Trustee...................................5
Index of Defined Terms..............................4
Indirect Participants..............................61
Initial Pool Balance...............................12
In-School..........................................33
insurance triggers.................................43
Interest Period.................................6, 54
Interest Subsidy Payments..........................43
Investment Earnings................................66
IRS................................................82
L
Liquidated Student Loans...........................69
Liquidation Proceeds...............................69
Lock-In Period.....................................57
M
Margin..............................................6
Master Servicer.....................................4
Master Servicer Default............................76
Master Servicing Agreement..........................4
Minimum Purchase Amount........................10, 79
Monthly Servicing Payment Date......................8
N
NJHEAA..........................................2, 36
Note Interest Rates................................54
Note Owner.........................................83
Noteholders.........................................6
Noteholders' Distribution Amount...................71
Noteholders' Interest Distribution Amount..........72
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover...........7, 72
Noteholders' Interest Shortfall....................71
Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount.........72
Noteholders' Principal Shortfall...................72
Notes............................................1, 4
NYSHESC.........................................2, 36
O
Obligors...........................................72
OID................................................83
OID Regulations....................................83
P
Participants...................................54, 61
Parties in Interest................................91
PHEAA...........................................2, 36
Plan...........................................14, 91
PLUS and SLS Loan Programs.........................46
PLUS Loans.........................................44
Pool Balance....................................7, 72
Pool Factor........................................53
Prepayment Assumption..............................83
prepayments........................................23
Purchase Amount....................................65
R
Realized Loss......................................72
Registration Statement..............................3
Regulations.........................................2
Reinsurance Rate...................................51
Related Documents..................................60
Repayment..........................................33
Reserve Account....................................11
Reserve Account Initial Deposit....................12
Rules..............................................62
S
Sale Agreement.....................................10
Secretary..........................................20
Securities.......................................1, 4
Securities Act......................................3
Securityholders.....................................6
Seller...........................................2, 4
Seller Trusts......................................22
Servicing Fee......................................13
Similar Law........................................91
SLS Loans..........................................44
Special Allowance Payments.........................43
Specified Reserve Account Balance..............12, 73
Student Loan Rate...............................7, 54
Student Loans......................................10
Subservicer........................................27
Subservicing Agreement.............................27
Subsidized Stafford Loans..........................44
Supplemental Loans to Students.....................44
T
T-Bill Rate........................................57
Technical Amendments...............................44
Terms and Conditions...............................63
Transfer and Servicing Agreements..................65
Trust............................................1, 4
Trust Accounts.....................................66
Trust Agreement.....................................5
Trust Fees.....................................12, 27
U
UCC................................................79
Underwriters....................................1, 93
Underwriting Agreements............................93
Unmet Need.........................................46
Unsubsidized Stafford Loans........................44
USAF............................................2, 36
W
Withholding Proposals..............................85


<PAGE>

UNTIL  __________  ___,  1997 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE  REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN
ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.


NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY
INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER  THAN  THOSE  CONTAINED  OR
INCORPORATED  BY REFERENCE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE
BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS
MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE SELLER,  THE TRUST OR
THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION
BY ANYONE IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR
IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO
OR TO  ANYONE  TO WHOM  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION.




<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 Page

Available Information...............................3
Reports to Securityholders..........................3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.....3
Summary of Terms....................................4
Risk Factors.......................................16
Formation of the Trust.............................25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations ...............26
Use of Proceeds....................................27
The Seller, the Master Servicer and 
the Administrator .................................27
The Financed Student Loan Pool.....................28
The Federal Family Education Loan Program..........44
Pool Factors and Trading Information...............53
Description of the Securities......................54
Description of the Transfer and Servicing 
Agreements ........................................64
Certain Legal Aspects of the Financed Student 
Loans .............................................79
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences...........82
Certain State Tax Consequences.....................91
ERISA Considerations...............................91
Underwriting.......................................93
Legal Matters......................................94
Index of Defined Terms.............................96



<PAGE>



                               $-----------------

                      First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1

                               $-----------------
                             Floating Rate Class A-1
                               Asset Backed Notes

                               $-----------------
                             Floating Rate Class A-2
                               Asset Backed Notes

                               $-----------------
                                  Floating Rate
                            Asset Backed Certificates

   
                            First Union National Bank
                                 (Pennsylvania)
    
                                     Seller


   
                            First Union National Bank
                                 (North Carolina
                                 Master Servicer
    

                                   PROSPECTUS

   
                        First Union Capital Markets Corp.
                                 Lehman Brothers
                        Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
                                Smith Barney Inc.
    
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.

     Set forth below is an estimate  of the amount of fees and  expenses  (other
than underwriting discounts and commissions to be incurred with the issuance and
distribution of the shares.)

 SEC Filing Fee.......................................   $303.03
 Indenture Trustee's Fees.............................         *
 Eligible Lender Trustee's Fees.......................         *
 Legal Fees and Expenses..............................         *
 Accounting Fees and Expenses.........................         *
 Blue Sky and Legal Investment Fees and Expenses......         *
 Printing Fees and Expenses...........................         *
 Rating Agency Fees and Expenses......................         *
 Miscellaneous........................................         *
      Total...........................................   $     *

- --------------
*  Not determinable at this time.


Item 15. Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

     The Sale Agreement and the Master Servicing  Agreement will provide that no
director,  officer, employee or agent of the Depositor is liable to the Trust or
the  Securityholders,  except for any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the performance of
their  respective   duties  under  such  Sale  Agreement  and  Master  Servicing
Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of such duties. The Sale Agreement
and the Master Servicing Agreement will further provide that with the exceptions
stated  above,  a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Depositor  is
entitled to be  indemnified  and held  harmless  by the Trust  against any loss,
liability or expense  incurred in connection  with legal action relating to such
Sale Agreement and Master  Servicing  Agreements and related  Securities,  other
than any loss,  liability  or  expense:  (i)  specifically  required to be borne
thereby  pursuant  to the  terms of such Sale  Agreement  and  Master  Servicing
Agreements, or otherwise incidental to the performance of obligations and duties
thereunder;  and (ii) incurred in connection  with any violation of any state or
federal securities law.
   
     First Union Corporation  maintains  liability  insurance for the benefit of
its  subsidiaries,  which  provides  coverage of up to  $80,000,000,  subject to
certain deductible amounts.  In general,  the policy insures (i) the Depositor's
directors and, in certain cases,  its officers against any loss by reason of any
of their  wrongful  acts,  and/or (ii) the  Depositor  against loss arising from
claims  against the directors and officers by reason of their wrongful acts, all
subject to the terms and conditions contained in the policy.
    
     Under  agreements  which  may be  entered  into by the  Depositor,  certain
controlling persons,  directors and officers of the Depositor may be entitled to
indemnification  by underwriters  and agents who participate in the distribution
of Securities covered by the Registration Statement against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.


Item 16. Exhibits.

         Exhibits

1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement*

4.1 Form of Indenture (including forms of Notes)*

4.2 Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)*

4.3 Form of Master Servicing Agreement*

4.4 Form of Sale Agreement*

4.5 Form of Administration Agreement*

4.6 Form of Guarantee Agreements*

5.1 Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer as to legality*

8.1  Opinion of Special  Federal  Income Tax Counsel to the Issuer as to certain
federal income tax matters*

23.1  Consents  of Counsel  and  Special  Federal  Income Tax  Counsel to Issuer
(included in exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*

24.1 Power of Attorney (included on page II-4 of this Registration Statement)*
   
25.1 Statement of  Eligibility  and  Qualification  on Form T-1 of Bankers Trust
Company,  as  Indenture  Trustee,  under the  Indenture  relating  to the Notes*

- ----------------------- 
* Previously filed.
    

Item 17. Undertakings.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

              (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
         Act of 1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed
         as part of this  registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
         contained in a form of prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to
         Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or  497(h)  under the Act shall be deemed to be
         part of this  registration  statement  as of the  time it was  declared
         effective.

              (2) For the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the Act,
         each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
         be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Depositor  pursuant to the  provisions  contained  in  foregoing  provisions  or
otherwise,  the Depositor has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed  in such Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the reimbursement
by the  Depositor  of  expenses  incurred  or paid  by a  director,  officer  or
controlling  person of the  Depositor in the  successful  defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being  registered,  the Depositor will, unless
in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the matter  has been  settled  by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in such Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.




<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to
the  Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte,  State of North Carolina on
June 12, 1997.

                                        FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK


                                        as depositor for First Union Student 
                                        Loan Trust 1997-1


                                        By: /s/Robert A. Dressel
   
                                            Name: Robert A. Dressel
                                            Title: Vice President
    



<PAGE>



     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement  has been  signed  below by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              Signature                                    Title                                  Date
<S>                                     <C>                                                   <C>
    /s/Anthony P. Terracciano*          Chairman of the Board, Director and Chief             June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------  Executive Officer (Principal Executive
                                        Officer)

    /s/Anthony R. Burriesci*            Director and Chief Financial Officer                  June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------  (Principal Financial Officer)


    /s/James H. Hatch*                  Chief Accounting Officer (Principal                   June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------  Accounting Officer)


    /s/Michael A. Gallagher*            Director                                              June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------


    /s/George R. Halvorsen*             Director                                              June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------


    /s/Michael L. LaRusso*              Director                                              June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------


    /s/ Donald C. Parcells*             Director                                              June 12, 1997
- --------------------------------------



*By:   /s/James F. Powers
       James F. Powers
       Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    






<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
   
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement*

4.1 Form of Indenture (including forms of Notes)*

4.2 Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)*

4.3 Form of Master Servicing Agreement*

4.4 Form of Sale Agreement*

4.5 Form of Administration Agreement*

4.6 Form of Guarantee Agreements*

5.1 Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer as to legality*

8.1  Opinion of Special  Federal  Income Tax Counsel to the Issuer as to certain
federal income tax matters*

23.1  Consents  of Counsel  and  Special  Federal  Income Tax  Counsel to Issuer
(included in exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*

24.1 Power of Attorney (included on page II-4 of this Registration Statement)*

25.1 Statement of  Eligibility  and  Qualification  on Form T-1 of Bankers Trust
Company, as Indenture Trustee, under the Indenture relating to the Notes*

- -----------------------
*        Previously filed.
    





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission